NextERP/documentation
5
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

[I18N] synchronise v10 translations

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Martin Trigaux 2017-03-24 10:44:24 +01:00
parent 6778e3691f
commit 99bde3bea2
69 changed files with 48887 additions and 14997 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

6114
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

18
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
View File

@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Rojas Pablo <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2015
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-05 15:48+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-06 22:06+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Rojas Pablo <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../applications.rst:3
msgid "Applications"
msgstr "Aplicaciones"
msgstr "Solicitudes"

1488
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

570
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
View File

@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2016\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -18,9 +18,372 @@ msgstr ""
"Language: es\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8
msgid "Online Database management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:13
msgid "Duplicating a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:15
msgid ""
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available to free "
"customers of our Online platform."
msgstr ""
"Duplicación de base de datos, renombrar, DNS perzonalizado, etc. no está "
"disponible para clinetes gratuitos en nuestra plataforma en línea."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18
msgid ""
"Access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ "
"(you will have to sign in). Next, make sure you are connected as the "
"administrator of the database you want to duplicate. After that, click on "
"the **Manage Your Databases** button."
msgstr ""
"Accesa a la `página de administración de bases de datos "
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (tendrás que iniciar sesión). "
"Después, asegurarse que estás conectado como administrador de la base de "
"datos que quieres duplicar. Después de eso, da click en el botón "
"**Administrar tus bases de datos**-"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:26
msgid ""
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
msgstr ""
"Si quiere duplicar en la línea de la base de datos, tendrá algunos botones. "
"Para duplicar su base de datos, solo de clic en **Duplicar**. Tendrá que "
"darle un nombre a su duplicado, luego de clic en **Duplicar Base de Datos**."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:36
msgid "A duplicated database has the same behaviour as a real one:"
msgstr ""
"Una base de datos duplicada tiene el mismo comportamiento que una real:"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:38
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr "Los correos electrónicos fueron enviados"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce, for example)"
msgstr "Los pagos fueron procesados (en el comercio electrónico, por ejemplo)"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr "Órdenes de envio (proveedores de envio) fueron enviadas"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:44
msgid "Etc."
msgstr "Etc."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
msgid ""
"It is **strongly** advised to test behaviour using sample customers/products"
" (with a `disposable e-mail <http://www.mailinator.com>`__ address, for "
"example)"
msgstr ""
"Es **fuertemente** aconsejado probar el comportamiento utilizando "
"clientes/productos de muestra (con un `correo electrónico desechable "
"<http://www.mailinator.com>`__ , por ejemplo)"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:50
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
msgstr ""
"Después de unos segundos, podrás iniciar sesión en tu base de datos "
"duplicada. Observe que la dirección URL utiliza el nombre que elijo para su "
"base de datos duplicada."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
msgstr ""
"Las bases de datos duplicadas expiran automaticamente después de 15 días."
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
msgid "On-premise Database management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10
msgid "Register a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12
msgid ""
"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in "
"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before"
" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will"
" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-"
"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu "
"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20
msgid "Registration Error Message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22
msgid ""
"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this "
"message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130
msgid "Solutions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33
msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
msgid ""
"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo"
" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ or with your Account "
"Manager"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41
msgid ""
"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a "
"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
"database\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52
msgid ""
"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database "
"as it will be deactivated shortly:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59
msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190
msgid ""
"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a "
"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required."
msgstr ""
"A partír de Julio de 2016 en adelante, Odoo 0 cambiara el uuid de una base "
"dedatos duplicada automaticamente; una operación manual ya no es necesaria."
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64
msgid ""
"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID."
" Please check on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__, a short message will appear "
"specifying which database is problematic:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73
msgid ""
"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve "
"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section "
"<duplicate_premise>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76
msgid ""
"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each "
"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and "
"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
msgid "Too much users error message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
msgid ""
"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo"
" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93
msgid ""
"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The "
"countdown is updated everyday."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99
msgid ""
"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the "
"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102
msgid "or"
msgstr "o"
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104
msgid ""
"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com "
"/documentation/user/10.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109
msgid ""
"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message "
"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification "
"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown,"
" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the "
"message disappear right away."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116
msgid "Database expired error message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118
msgid ""
"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your "
"subscription, you will encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126
msgid ""
"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30"
" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the "
"database is expired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134
msgid ""
"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note "
"that"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133
msgid ""
"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be "
"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit "
"card payments are processed immediately."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136
msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138
msgid ""
"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145
msgid "Force an Update Notification"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
msgid ""
"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-"
"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription"
" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will "
"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause "
"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications "
"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you"
" can force an Update using the following procedure:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154
msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155
msgid ""
"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right "
"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer"
" mode**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158
msgid ""
"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > "
"\"Scheduled Actions\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160
msgid ""
"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on "
"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165
msgid ""
"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive "
"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this "
"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the"
" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production "
"database will then be correctly identified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174
msgid "Duplicate a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
msgid ""
"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your "
"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily "
"duplicate your database (among other things)."
msgstr ""
"Puede duplicar su base de datos ingresando a la base de datos del "
"administrador en su servidor (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). En esta "
"página, puede fácilmente duplicar su base de datos (entre otras cosas)."
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184
msgid ""
"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change "
"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this "
"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two "
"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or "
"registration problems down the line."
msgstr ""
"Cuando duplique una base de datos local, se recomienda **fuertemente** "
"cambiar los uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier) de las bases de datos "
"duplicadas, desde que el uuid es como su base de datos se identifica a si "
"misma con otros servidores. Teniendo dos bases de datos con el mismo uuid "
"podría resultar en problemas de facturación o problemas de registro bajo la "
"línea."
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193
msgid ""
"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > "
"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator "
"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to"
" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record "
"by clicking on it and using the edit button."
msgstr ""
"El uuid de la base de datos es actualmente accesible desde el menú **Ajustes"
" > Técnicos > Parámetros del Sistema**, recomendamos usar un `generador uuid"
" <https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or usar el comando unix ``uuidgen`` para"
" generar un nuevo uuid. Puede luego simplemente reemplazarlo como cualquier "
"otro registro dando clic en el y usando el botón editar."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7
msgid "How to manage your databases"
msgstr "Como administrar tus bases de datos"
msgid "Users and Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9
msgid ""
@ -49,19 +412,19 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19
msgid ""
"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo "
"instances. The most important section concern the :ref:`duplication "
"<duplicate>` of your database: whenever you wish to install or remove an "
"App, you should **always** test it first on a duplicate of your production "
"database. That way, if something goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not"
" impacted."
"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise "
"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something "
"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted."
msgstr ""
"Esta página contiene información sobre como manejar tus instancias de Odoo. "
"La sección más importante concierne la :ref :`duplicación <duplicate>` de tu"
" base dedatos: cuando quieres instalar o eliminar una Aplicación, "
"**siempre** debes probar en una base de datos de producción duplicada. De "
"esa manera, si algo sale mal, tu trabajo día a día no se verá impactado."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:26
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online"
" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` "
"installations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28
msgid ""
"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an "
"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our "
@ -71,142 +434,11 @@ msgstr ""
"problema al realizar estos procesos, por favor contactanos por el "
"`formulario de soporte <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:30
msgid ""
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available to free "
"customers of our Online platform."
msgstr ""
"Duplicación de base de datos, renombrar, DNS perzonalizado, etc. no está "
"disponible para clinetes gratuitos en nuestra plataforma en línea."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:37
msgid "Duplicating a database (online)"
msgstr "Duplicar una base de datos (en línea)"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39
msgid ""
"Access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ "
"(you will have to sign in). Next, make sure you are connected as the "
"administrator of the database you want to duplicate. After that, click on "
"the **Manage Your Databases** button."
msgstr ""
"Accesa a la `página de administración de bases de datos "
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (tendrás que iniciar sesión). "
"Después, asegurarse que estás conectado como administrador de la base de "
"datos que quieres duplicar. Después de eso, da click en el botón "
"**Administrar tus bases de datos**-"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47
msgid ""
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
msgstr ""
"Si quiere duplicar en la línea de la base de datos, tendrá algunos botones. "
"Para duplicar su base de datos, solo de clic en **Duplicar**. Tendrá que "
"darle un nombre a su duplicado, luego de clic en **Duplicar Base de Datos**."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57
msgid "A duplicated database has the same behaviour as a real one:"
msgstr ""
"Una base de datos duplicada tiene el mismo comportamiento que una real:"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:59
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr "Los correos electrónicos fueron enviados"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:61
msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce, for example)"
msgstr "Los pagos fueron procesados (en el comercio electrónico, por ejemplo)"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:63
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr "Órdenes de envio (proveedores de envio) fueron enviadas"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:65
msgid "Etc."
msgstr "Etc."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:67
msgid ""
"It is **strongly** advised to test behaviour using sample customers/products"
" (with a `disposable e-mail <http://www.mailinator.com>`__ address, for "
"example)"
msgstr ""
"Es **fuertemente** aconsejado probar el comportamiento utilizando "
"clientes/productos de muestra (con un `correo electrónico desechable "
"<http://www.mailinator.com>`__ , por ejemplo)"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
msgstr ""
"Después de unos segundos, podrás iniciar sesión en tu base de datos "
"duplicada. Observe que la dirección URL utiliza el nombre que elijo para su "
"base de datos duplicada."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
msgstr ""
"Las bases de datos duplicadas expiran automaticamente después de 15 días."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:81
msgid "Duplicating a database (on-premise)"
msgstr "Duplicar una base de datos (instalación local)"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83
msgid ""
"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your "
"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily "
"duplicate your database (among other things)."
msgstr ""
"Puede duplicar su base de datos ingresando a la base de datos del "
"administrador en su servidor (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). En esta "
"página, puede fácilmente duplicar su base de datos (entre otras cosas)."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:91
msgid ""
"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change "
"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this "
"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two "
"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or "
"registration problems down the line."
msgstr ""
"Cuando duplique una base de datos local, se recomienda **fuertemente** "
"cambiar los uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier) de las bases de datos "
"duplicadas, desde que el uuid es como su base de datos se identifica a si "
"misma con otros servidores. Teniendo dos bases de datos con el mismo uuid "
"podría resultar en problemas de facturación o problemas de registro bajo la "
"línea."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97
msgid ""
"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a "
"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required."
msgstr ""
"A partír de Julio de 2016 en adelante, Odoo 0 cambiara el uuid de una base "
"dedatos duplicada automaticamente; una operación manual ya no es necesaria."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:100
msgid ""
"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > "
"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator "
"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to"
" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record "
"by clicking on it and using the edit button."
msgstr ""
"El uuid de la base de datos es actualmente accesible desde el menú **Ajustes"
" > Técnicos > Parámetros del Sistema**, recomendamos usar un `generador uuid"
" <https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or usar el comando unix ``uuidgen`` para"
" generar un nuevo uuid. Puede luego simplemente reemplazarlo como cualquier "
"otro registro dando clic en el y usando el botón editar."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:110
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34
msgid "Deactivating Users"
msgstr "Desactivar Usuarios"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:112
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36
msgid ""
"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to "
"change the status of any of your users."
@ -214,7 +446,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Asegúrese que tiene los suficientes **permisos administrativos** si quieres "
"cambiar el estatus de cualquiera de tus usuarios."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39
msgid ""
"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section "
"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access "
@ -224,20 +456,20 @@ msgstr ""
"mostrando los usuarios activos en la base de datos. Da click en "
"**Administrar permisos de acceso.**"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:158
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
msgid "|settings|"
msgstr "|ajustes|"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
msgid "|browse_users|"
msgstr "|buscar_usuarios|"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:123
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47
msgid "You'll then see the list of your users."
msgstr "Luego verá la lista de sus usuarios."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:128
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52
msgid ""
"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different "
"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll "
@ -248,7 +480,7 @@ msgstr ""
"remueve este filtro, obtendrá todos sus usuarios (de los que paga y los del "
"portal)"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:133
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57
msgid ""
"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as "
"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** "
@ -260,19 +492,19 @@ msgstr ""
"al estado **Activar** (parte superior). De clic en Activar y notará que el "
"estado cambiará a **Inactivo** inmediatamente."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:142
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66
msgid "The user is now deactivated."
msgstr "El usuario ahora esta desactivado."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:144
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68
msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)"
msgstr "**Nunca** desactive al usuario principal (*admin*)"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:147
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71
msgid "Uninstalling Apps"
msgstr "Desinstalar Aplicaciones"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:149
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73
msgid ""
"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
"<duplicate>` of your database before making any changes (*especially* "
@ -282,7 +514,7 @@ msgstr ""
":ref:`duplicado <duplicado>` de su base de datos antes de hacer algún cambio"
" (*especialmente* instalando/desinstalando aplicaciones). "
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:153
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77
msgid ""
"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able "
"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to"
@ -292,11 +524,11 @@ msgstr ""
"ver cuántas aplicaciones ha instalado. De clic en **Buscar Aplicaciones** "
"para acceder a la lista de sus aplicaciones instaladas."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:158
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
msgid "|browse_apps|"
msgstr "|buscar_aplicaciones|"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:161
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85
msgid ""
"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your "
"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the "
@ -306,7 +538,7 @@ msgstr ""
" clic en la aplicación que quiere desinstalar. Luego, en el formulario de la"
" aplicación, de clic en **Desinstalar**."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:168
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92
msgid ""
"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. "
"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what "
@ -322,22 +554,22 @@ msgstr ""
"información en ellas desaparecerá permanentemente). Si esta seguro que igual"
" quiere desinstalarla, de clic en **Confirmar**."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:175
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99
msgid ""
"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**."
msgstr ""
"Por último, después de haber revisado el mensaje de alerta (si hay), de clic"
" en **Confirmar**"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:180
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104
msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application."
msgstr "Ha terminado de desinstalar su aplicación."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:183
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107
msgid "Good to know"
msgstr "Bueno saber"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:185
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109
msgid ""
"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can "
"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to "
@ -353,7 +585,7 @@ msgstr ""
" se rompió porque nosotros *no sabemos como Ud. trabaja* y por lo tanto, no "
"podemos validar estos tipos de operaciones."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:191
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115
msgid ""
"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install "
"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you "
@ -370,7 +602,7 @@ msgstr ""
" Web en si misma, si es necesaria para la función de Cotizaciones En Línea "
"para trabajar apropiadamente."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:198
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122
msgid ""
"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial "
"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This "

607
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
View File

@ -1,170 +1,238 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2016
# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2016
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-07-24 19:25+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Antonio Trueba <atgayol@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: es\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../discuss.rst:5 ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:5
#: ../../discuss.rst:5
msgid "Discuss"
msgstr "Debatir"
msgstr "Debates"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:8
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Resumen"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3
msgid "How to use my own email servers to send and receive messages in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:10
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6
msgid "When is it needed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:7
msgid "You need it if you use Odoo Community or Enterprise."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:10
msgid "What if I use Odoo Online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:11
msgid ""
"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your "
"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with "
"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever "
"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily "
"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team "
"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one "
"simple and searchable interface."
msgstr "Odoo Discuss es una herramienta fácil de usar aplicación de mensajería para los equipos que trae todas las comunicaciones de su empresa en un solo lugar y se integra perfectamente con la plataforma Odoo. Discuss le permite enviar y recibir mensajes desde donde se encuentre en Odoo además de administrar sus mensajes y notificaciones fácilmente desde dentro de la aplicación. Discuss permite crear canales ** ** para chats de equipo, las conversaciones sobre proyectos, coordinación de reuniones, y más en una sencilla interfaz de búsqueda "
"You are done! Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email "
"server (*@yourcompany.odoo.com*). We recommend to keep this default setting "
"as is as it is really convenient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:23
msgid "Communicating with Your Team Using Channels"
msgstr "Comunicar con su Equipo utilizando canales."
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:25
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
msgid ""
"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, "
"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see,"
" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments."
msgstr "Puede utilizar **canales** con el fin de organizar debates entre quipos individuales, departamentos, proyectos, o cualquier otro grupo que requiere comunicación regular. Al tener conversaciones que todos en los canales pueden ver, es fácil mantener todo el equipo en el circulo con las últimas novedades."
"Indeed, while it is branded by Odoo, the visible source of any message sent "
"from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo login). Your "
"contacts will therefore trust your messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:32
msgid "Creating a Channel"
msgstr "creando un canal o cuace"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:20
msgid "How does it work when a contact replies to an email sent from Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:34
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
msgid ""
"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**."
msgstr "In Discuss hay dos tipos de canales-**público y **privado**."
"Default reply-to is a generic address used to automatically route any "
"incoming email to the discussion thread of the origin business object "
"(opportunity, order, task, etc.) and to the inbox of all its followers. By "
"default this address is \"catchall@\" but it can be changed. Thanks to it, "
"you get a perfect message thread in Odoo and you don't pollute your external"
" email box with Odoo-related topics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:37
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:29
msgid "How to use my own email servers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:30
msgid ""
"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write "
"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a "
"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only "
"visible to users who have been invited to this channel."
msgstr "Un ** Canal público**solo puede ser creado por un administrador con previlegios de escritos y puede ser visto por todos en la organización. Al contrario, un **canal privado** puede ser creado por cualquier usuario y por defecto es sólo visible para usuarios que han sido invitados al canal."
"You need to be a system admin to set this up. Go to :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> General Settings` and check *External Email Servers* (watch out: this "
"checkbox only shows up after Odoo 10). Then, go through the following steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:44
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
msgid "Set an outgoing email server for outbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:37
msgid ""
"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas"
" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to "
"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive "
"information)."
msgstr "Un canal público se usa mejor cuando muchos empleados necesitan acceder a la información ( tales como la comunicación inerdepartamental o anuncio de la compañia), mientras el canal privado debe ser utilizado siempre que la información debe ser limitada a unos usuarios / empleados específicos ( tales como departamento específico o información personal o confidencial)."
"You need the SMTP data of your email provider (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, "
"etc.) as well as your admin credentials. Once all the information has been "
"filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:51
msgid "Configuring a Channel"
msgstr "configuración del canal"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:45
msgid "Set an incoming email server for inbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:53
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:46
msgid ""
"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic "
"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`."
" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view "
"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or"
" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to "
"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would"
" a public channel."
msgstr "Puede configurar el nombre del canal, descripción, derechos de acceso, subscripción automática, y enviar correo electrónic a partir: seleción de menú:# nombre - canal-> Ajustes`. El cambio de los derechos de acceso de canal le permite controlar qué grupos pueden ver cada canal. Puede visiblizar un canal para todos los usuarios, los usuarios invitados, o usuarios dentro de un grupo de usuarios seleccionados. Cabe señalar que permitir a \"Todos\" a seguir un canal privado les permiterá a otros usuarios ver y unirse como si lo harían con un canal público. "
"Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the "
"*Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has "
"been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:67
msgid "How To Set Up a Mailing List"
msgstr "Como configuar lista de correos."
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:69
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:53
msgid ""
"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within "
":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like"
" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive "
"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear "
"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send "
"messages by email."
msgstr "Un canal se puede configurar como una lista de correo. Desde dentro: menú de selección:`#nombre- canal--> Ajustes`, define el correo electrónico que desea usar. Los usuarios pueden luego enviar al canal y elegir para recebir notificaciones utilizando la direccion de correo electrónico definido. Un icono de form de sobre aparecerá al lado del nombre del canal en la lista para indicar que un canal envíará mensajes por correo electrónico."
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes. You can change this"
" value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:77
msgid "Locating a Channel"
msgstr "Localizar un canal."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:59
msgid "Set the domain name"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:79
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60
msgid ""
"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of "
"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by"
" clicking the plus icon."
msgstr "Si usted no puede ver un canal en su panel, puede buscar la lista del ** canal público** para localizar el canal correcto o crear un nuevo canal solo tiene que pulsar el icono más."
"Enter the domain name of your email servers (e.g. mycompany.com) in General "
"Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:86
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
msgid "Create a catchall address"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:68
msgid ""
"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public "
"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public "
"channels from a single screen."
msgstr "Puede también pulsar los **CANALES** para buscar una lista de todos los canales públicos. Esto permite al usuario manualmente ** unir** ** abandonar** los canales público desde una única pantalla."
"Create a catchall address in your email server settings. We advise you to "
"use \"catchall@\" so that everything works out straight away. If you want to"
" use another alias, you have extra steps in Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:91
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
msgid "Activate the developer mode from your Settings Dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77
msgid ""
"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to "
"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic."
msgstr "Es aconsejable buscar un canal antes de crear uno nuevo para asegurar que las entradas duplicadas no están creada por el mismo tema. "
"Refresh your screen. Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Parameters --> System Parameters` and enter your custom catchall alias in "
"*mail.catchall.alias*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:95
msgid "Monitoring Your Messages Using the Inbox"
msgstr "Supervise Sus Mensajes utilizando la bandeja de entrada."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:84
msgid "You can edit the email alias used for bounced messages the same way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:100
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
msgid "How to perfectly combine Odoo Discuss and my traditional email tool"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
msgid ""
"Use the **inbox** to monitor updates and progress on everything you do in "
"Odoo. Notifications from everything you follow and conversations in which "
"you are mentioned appear in your inbox."
msgstr "Utilice la ** bandeja de entrada ** para monitorizar las actualizaciones y mejorar todo lo que hace en Odoo. Todas Las notificaciones que sigue y las conversaciones que usted se le mencionan aparecen en la bandeja de entrada."
"Odoo Discuss is a perfect tool to send and read messages related to business"
" objects. But it doesn't aim to replace a full-featured email software "
"(Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, etc.). We recommend to take the most out of "
"both systems without mingling them: What is related to Odoo business objects"
" or applications goes into Odoo; What is not stays into your external email "
"boxes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:107
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
msgid ""
"Marking an item with a check sets the message to **read** and removes it "
"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or "
"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star "
"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters "
"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here."
msgstr "Marcar el artículo, ajustar el mensaje a ** leer** y remuevelo de la bandeja de entrada. Si quiere guardar el artículo para futuras acciones o consultas, marque con una estrella con el fin de añadirlo a la caja **Estrellada**. Puede destacar cualquiere mensajes o notificaciones en Discuss o cualquier artículo específico de los usuarios a través de Odoo para controlarlos. "
"To do so, create specific email aliases to use in Odoo (to generate leads or"
" opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias already "
"used for messaging outside of Odoo, incoming messages will land into both "
"systems. This will negatively impact your productivity when it comes to "
"process them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:114
msgid "Sending Emails"
msgstr "Enviar correo electrónicos."
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3
msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:116
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8
msgid ""
"You can **send emails** from the inbox of Odoo Discuss. In addition to the "
"usual email features, you can select a template that you have already "
"created, or create one on the fly and save it for later use."
msgstr "Puede ** enviar correo electrónicos** desde la bandeja de entrada de Odoo Discuss. Además de las características generales del correo electrónico. puede seleccionar una plantilla que usted ya ha creado, o crear uno sobre la marcha y guardar para uso posterior. "
"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the "
"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically "
"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:121
msgid "Grabbing Attention with Direct Messages and Mentions"
msgstr "Acaparando Atención con Mensajes Directos y Menciones"
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13
msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:123
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15
msgid ""
"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks"
" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to"
" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19
msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21
msgid ""
"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" "
"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at "
"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in"
" this field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25
msgid ""
"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following "
"the previous example you should write "
"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28
msgid ""
"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click "
"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33
msgid "Getting the API key and secret"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35
msgid ""
"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40
msgid ""
"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General "
"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the "
"settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3
msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**."
" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item "
@ -174,13 +242,21 @@ msgid ""
"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-"
"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or "
"another channel."
msgstr "Puede **mencionar** a un usuario en un canal o chat escribiendo **@nombre-usuario**. Mencionando un usuario en el chat lo configurará como un seguidor de ese ítem (si ya no lo están) y enviar un mensaje a su bandeja de entrada. El ítem que contiene la mención también será resaltado en la vista de lista. Mencionando un usuario en un canal enviará un mensaje a su bandeja de entrada. No puede mencionar a un usuario en un canal que no esta suscrito al canal. Escribiendo **#nombre-canal** proveerá un vinculo para ser mencionado en el canal ya sea en un chat u otro canal."
msgstr ""
"Puede **mencionar** a un usuario en un canal o chat escribiendo **@nombre-"
"usuario**. Mencionando un usuario en el chat lo configurará como un seguidor"
" de ese ítem (si ya no lo están) y enviar un mensaje a su bandeja de "
"entrada. El ítem que contiene la mención también será resaltado en la vista "
"de lista. Mencionando un usuario en un canal enviará un mensaje a su bandeja"
" de entrada. No puede mencionar a un usuario en un canal que no esta "
"suscrito al canal. Escribiendo **#nombre-canal** proveerá un vinculo para "
"ser mencionado en el canal ya sea en un chat u otro canal."
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:133
msgid "Direct Messaging a User"
msgstr "Mensajería Directa de un Usuario."
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15
msgid "Direct messaging a user"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:135
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17
msgid ""
"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and "
"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the "
@ -190,54 +266,279 @@ msgid ""
"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user "
"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that "
"they are offline."
msgstr "Los **Mensajes Directos** son mensajes privados visibles solo por el emisor y el receptor. Puede enviar mensajes directos a otros usuarios desde el módulo Discutir creando una nueva conversación o seleccionando una existente en la barra lateral. Los mensajes directos se pueden enviar desde cualquier lugar en Odoo usando el ícono en forma de burbuja en la barra superior. El estado en línea de otros usuarios se muestra a la izquierda de sus nombres. Un **punto verde** indica que un usuario esta En Línea, un **punto naranja** que están inactivos, y un **punto verde** que están desconectados."
msgstr ""
"Los **Mensajes Directos** son mensajes privados visibles solo por el emisor "
"y el receptor. Puede enviar mensajes directos a otros usuarios desde el "
"módulo Discutir creando una nueva conversación o seleccionando una existente"
" en la barra lateral. Los mensajes directos se pueden enviar desde cualquier"
" lugar en Odoo usando el ícono en forma de burbuja en la barra superior. El "
"estado en línea de otros usuarios se muestra a la izquierda de sus nombres. "
"Un **punto verde** indica que un usuario esta En Línea, un **punto naranja**"
" que están inactivos, y un **punto verde** que están desconectados."
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:146
msgid "Desktop Notifications from Discuss"
msgstr "Notificaciones de Escritorio desde Debates"
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28
msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:148
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30
msgid ""
"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new "
"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of"
" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on "
"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.."
msgstr "Puede elegir ver **notificaciones de escritorio** cuando reciba un nuevo mensaje directo. La notificación le muestra el emisor y una breve vista previa del contenido del mensaje. Estos pueden ser configurados o deshabilitados dando clic en el ícono de engranaje en la esquina de la notificación."
msgstr ""
"Puede elegir ver **notificaciones de escritorio** cuando reciba un nuevo "
"mensaje directo. La notificación le muestra el emisor y una breve vista "
"previa del contenido del mensaje. Estos pueden ser configurados o "
"deshabilitados dando clic en el ícono de engranaje en la esquina de la "
"notificación."
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:158
msgid "Tracking Important Topics, Projects, and Conversations"
msgstr "Rastrear Asuntos Importantes, Proyectos y Conversaciones"
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3
msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:160
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can keep track of virtually any object in Odoo, such as a Task or "
"Quotation, by **following** it. An item can be followed from the item view, "
"just above the chatter."
msgstr "Puede mantener rastro de prácticamente cualquier objeto en Odoo, como una Tarea o una Cotización, **siguiéndolo**. Se puede seguir un ítem desde la vista del ítem, justo debajo del chat."
"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on "
"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you "
"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:167
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13
msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18
msgid ""
"You can choose which types of events to follow, with the depending on the "
"type of item. The example below shows the options available when following a"
" **task** in the **Projects** **Module**."
msgstr "Puede elegir que tipos de eventos a seguir, dependiendo del tipo del artículo. Los ejemplos acontinuación muestran las opciones disponibles cuándo se siga una **tarea** en el **Módulo** **Proyectos**."
"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it "
"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or "
"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star "
"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters "
"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:174
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
msgid "Why to use Odoo Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel "
"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a"
" link back to the original document."
msgstr "Puede invitar a otros usuarios y añadir canales como seguidores. Añadir un canal como un seguidor enviará mensajes publicados en el chat al canal con un enlace de vuelta al documento original."
"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your "
"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with "
"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever "
"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily "
"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team "
"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one "
"simple and searchable interface."
msgstr ""
"Odoo Discuss es una herramienta fácil de usar aplicación de mensajería para"
" los equipos que trae todas las comunicaciones de su empresa en un solo "
"lugar y se integra perfectamente con la plataforma Odoo. Discuss le permite "
"enviar y recibir mensajes desde donde se encuentre en Odoo además de "
"administrar sus mensajes y notificaciones fácilmente desde dentro de la "
"aplicación. Discuss permite crear canales ** ** para chats de equipo, las "
"conversaciones sobre proyectos, coordinación de reuniones, y más en una "
"sencilla interfaz de búsqueda "
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:184
msgid "Using Filters to Navigate within Discuss"
msgstr "Utilizar Filtros para Navegar dentro de Discuss."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3
msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:186
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, "
"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see,"
" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments."
msgstr ""
"Puede utilizar **canales** con el fin de organizar debates entre quipos "
"individuales, departamentos, proyectos, o cualquier otro grupo que requiere "
"comunicación regular. Al tener conversaciones que todos en los canales "
"pueden ver, es fácil mantener todo el equipo en el circulo con las últimas "
"novedades."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12
msgid "Creating a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14
msgid ""
"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**."
msgstr "In Discuss hay dos tipos de canales-**público y **privado**."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17
msgid ""
"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write "
"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a "
"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only "
"visible to users who have been invited to this channel."
msgstr ""
"Un ** Canal público**solo puede ser creado por un administrador con "
"previlegios de escritos y puede ser visto por todos en la organización. Al "
"contrario, un **canal privado** puede ser creado por cualquier usuario y por"
" defecto es sólo visible para usuarios que han sido invitados al canal."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24
msgid ""
"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas"
" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to "
"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive "
"information)."
msgstr ""
"Un canal público se usa mejor cuando muchos empleados necesitan acceder a "
"la información ( tales como la comunicación inerdepartamental o anuncio de "
"la compañia), mientras el canal privado debe ser utilizado siempre que la "
"información debe ser limitada a unos usuarios / empleados específicos ( "
"tales como departamento específico o información personal o confidencial)."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31
msgid "Configuring a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33
msgid ""
"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic "
"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`."
" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view "
"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or"
" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to "
"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would"
" a public channel."
msgstr ""
"Puede configurar el nombre del canal, descripción, derechos de acceso, "
"subscripción automática, y enviar correo electrónic a partir: seleción de "
"menú:# nombre - canal-> Ajustes`. El cambio de los derechos de acceso de "
"canal le permite controlar qué grupos pueden ver cada canal. Puede "
"visiblizar un canal para todos los usuarios, los usuarios invitados, o "
"usuarios dentro de un grupo de usuarios seleccionados. Cabe señalar que "
"permitir a \"Todos\" a seguir un canal privado les permiterá a otros "
"usuarios ver y unirse como si lo harían con un canal público. "
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47
msgid "How to set up a mailing list"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49
msgid ""
"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within "
":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like"
" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive "
"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear "
"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send "
"messages by email."
msgstr ""
"Un canal se puede configurar como una lista de correo. Desde dentro: menú de"
" selección:`#nombre- canal--> Ajustes`, define el correo electrónico que "
"desea usar. Los usuarios pueden luego enviar al canal y elegir para recebir "
"notificaciones utilizando la direccion de correo electrónico definido. Un "
"icono de form de sobre aparecerá al lado del nombre del canal en la lista "
"para indicar que un canal envíará mensajes por correo electrónico."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57
msgid "Locating a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59
msgid ""
"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of "
"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by"
" clicking the plus icon."
msgstr ""
"Si usted no puede ver un canal en su panel, puede buscar la lista del ** "
"canal público** para localizar el canal correcto o crear un nuevo canal solo"
" tiene que pulsar el icono más."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66
msgid ""
"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public "
"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public "
"channels from a single screen."
msgstr ""
"Puede también pulsar los **CANALES** para buscar una lista de todos los "
"canales públicos. Esto permite al usuario manualmente ** unir** ** "
"abandonar** los canales público desde una única pantalla."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71
msgid ""
"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to "
"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic."
msgstr ""
"Es aconsejable buscar un canal antes de crear uno nuevo para asegurar que "
"las entradas duplicadas no están creada por el mismo tema. "
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76
msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78
msgid ""
"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function "
"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and "
"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by "
"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single "
"character wildcard.**"
msgstr "La barra superior de búsqueda otorga acceso a la misma función integral de búsqueda presente en el resto de Odoo. Puede aplicar múltiples **criterios de filtro** y **guardar filtros** para uso posterior. La función de búsqueda acepta comodines usando el carácter subrayado \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" para representar un **carácter comodín singular.**"
msgstr ""
"La barra superior de búsqueda otorga acceso a la misma función integral de "
"búsqueda presente en el resto de Odoo. Puede aplicar múltiples **criterios "
"de filtro** y **guardar filtros** para uso posterior. La función de búsqueda"
" acepta comodines usando el carácter subrayado \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" para "
"representar un **carácter comodín singular.**"
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3
msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6
msgid "How to follow a discussion thread"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7
msgid ""
"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity,"
" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14
msgid "How to choose the events to follow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15
msgid ""
"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The "
"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the "
"**Project** app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23
msgid "How to add other followers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel "
"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a"
" link back to the original document."
msgstr ""
"Puede invitar a otros usuarios y añadir canales como seguidores. Añadir un "
"canal como un seguidor enviará mensajes publicados en el chat al canal con "
"un enlace de vuelta al documento original."
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34
msgid "How to be a default follower"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35
msgid ""
"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In "
"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any"
" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task "
"created, an opportunity won)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40
msgid ""
"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel"
" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear "
"about."
msgstr ""

16
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po
View File

@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Rojas Pablo <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2015
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-03 11:43+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-05 21:45+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Rojas Pablo <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

700
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,700 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Sergio Flores <vitavitae1@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: es\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../general.rst:5
msgid "General"
msgstr "General"
#: ../../general/auth.rst:3
msgid "Authentification"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3
msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5
msgid ""
"Connect to your Google account and go to "
"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
msgid ""
"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
msgid ""
"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
msgid ""
"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then"
" save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30
msgid ""
"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
"Client ID)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
msgid ""
"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
msgid ""
"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste"
" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
"Then click on **Create**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
msgid ""
"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
msgid "BASE IMPORT"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3
msgid "Import CSV file to Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8
msgid "Frequently Asked Questions"
msgstr "Preguntas más frecuentes"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12
msgid "Need to import data from an other application?"
msgstr "¿Se necesita importar datos desde otra aplicación?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:14
msgid ""
"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should "
"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the "
"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import an other record that "
"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original "
"unique identifier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16
msgid ""
"The **ID** (External ID) will also be used to update the original import if "
"you need to re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to "
"specify it whenever possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21
msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23
msgid ""
"Odoo try to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the "
"files, the type of field for each columns inside your file. For example if "
"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type "
"integer will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behaviour might"
" be good and easy for most cases scenarios, it is also possible that it goes"
" wrong sometimes or that you want to map your column to a field that is not "
"proposed by default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
msgid ""
"If that happens, you just have to check the **Show all fields for completion"
" (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the complete list"
" of fields for each columns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30
msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32
msgid ""
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess"
" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can"
" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be "
"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month "
"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the"
" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:34
msgid ""
"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the "
"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file "
"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using"
" the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:37
msgid ""
"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to "
"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is"
" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo "
"whatever your locale date format is."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:42
msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
msgid ""
"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as"
" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also "
"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can "
"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not "
"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will "
"crash."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46
msgid ""
"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:48
msgid "32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:49
msgid "32000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:50
msgid "32,000.00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:51
msgid "-32000.00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:52
msgid "(32000.00)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53
msgid "$ 32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54
msgid "(32000.00 €)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:56
msgid "Example that will not work:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:58
msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59
msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:64
msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:66
msgid ""
"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and "
"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these "
"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse"
" CSV file bar after you select your file)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:68
msgid ""
"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not "
"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
"your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:73
msgid ""
"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
"application?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:75
msgid ""
"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's "
"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We "
"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to "
"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit "
"filter settings' > Save)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:77
msgid ""
"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82
msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:84
msgid ""
"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the "
"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you"
" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the "
"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 "
"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
"import."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
msgid ""
"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
"different fields to import:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88
msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
msgstr "País: el nombre o código del país"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:89
msgid ""
"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
"postgresql column"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:90
msgid ""
"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
" (or the .XML file that imported it)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:92
msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:94
msgid "Country: Belgium"
msgstr "País: Bélgica"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96
msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
msgstr "País/Id. externo: base.be"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
msgid ""
"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference "
"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
"according to your need:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100
msgid ""
"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
" have been created manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
msgid ""
"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly "
"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you "
"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique "
"Database ID)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
msgid ""
"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
"party application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:104
msgid ""
"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\""
" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will "
"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like "
"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for "
"Products and their Categories."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106
msgid ""
"`CSV file for categories "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Products "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112
msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
msgstr "¿Qué puedo hacer si tengo múltiples coincidencias para un campo?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:114
msgid ""
"If for example you have two product categories with the child name "
"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other "
"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import "
"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they "
"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product "
"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of "
"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116
msgid ""
"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product "
"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
"'Category'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121
msgid ""
"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
"multiple tags)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123
msgid ""
"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if"
" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and "
"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column"
" of your CSV file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130
msgid ""
"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
"Sales Order)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132
msgid ""
"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order"
" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order "
"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. "
"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any "
"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is "
"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
"you can import, based on demo data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135
msgid ""
"`File for some Quotations "
"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
"respective purchase order lines:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139
msgid ""
"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
"contacts:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
msgid ""
"`Customers and their respective contacts "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148
msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
msgstr "¿Se puede importar varias veces el mismo registro?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
msgid ""
"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or "
"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified "
"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import "
"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between "
"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record "
"depending if it's new or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152
msgid ""
"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159
msgid ""
"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default "
"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values "
"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of "
"assigning the default value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164
msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166
msgid ""
"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate "
"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import"
" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each "
"person and the company they work for)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168
msgid ""
"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" "
"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier"
" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique "
"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
msgid ""
"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to "
"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you "
"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for."
" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a "
"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
"PostgreSQL database</a>)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
msgid ""
"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
" the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178
msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185
msgid ""
"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
"following SQL command in PSQL:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191
msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199
msgid ""
"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees "
"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation"
" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the "
"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to "
"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
msgid ""
"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any "
"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 "
"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first "
"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
msgid "BASICS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
msgid "How to add a user"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given "
"point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9
msgid "Add individual users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11
msgid ""
"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`"
" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the "
"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -"
" and a picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access "
"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23
msgid ""
"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an "
"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click"
" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
msgid ""
"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. "
"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39
msgid ""
"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above "
"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and "
"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link"
" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights "
"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
msgid ""
"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46
msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3
msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and"
" each user can use Odoo in his own language ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9
msgid "Load your desired language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11
msgid ""
"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo "
"instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14
msgid ""
"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of"
" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, "
"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23
msgid ""
"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option"
" to change the navigation language on your website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27
msgid "Change your language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29
msgid ""
"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-"
"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36
msgid ""
"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click "
"**SAVE.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42
msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45
msgid "Change another user's language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47
msgid ""
"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred "
"language."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50
msgid ""
"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users "
"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you "
"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the "
"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can"
" change the Language to any previously installed language and click "
"**SAVE.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61
msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`"
msgstr ""

385
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
View File

@ -1,32 +1,23 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Antonio Trueba, 2016
# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2016
# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2016
# Leonardo J. Caballero G. <leonardocaballero@gmail.com>, 2016
# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2016
# Martin Trigaux, 2016
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-11-22 12:23+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: eduardo mendoza <emendozajz@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: es\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../getting_started.rst:5 ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Primeros pasos"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
msgid "Odoo Online Implementation"
msgstr "Implementación de Odoo en línea"
@ -36,47 +27,72 @@ msgid ""
"This document summarizes **Odoo's Online services**, our Success Pack "
"**implementation methodology**, and *best practices* to **get started** with"
" our product."
msgstr " Este documento resume los servicios en línea de Odoo nuestro Paquete de Éxito incluye metodología de implementación y mejores prácticas a empezar con nuestro producto."
msgstr ""
" Este documento resume los servicios en línea de Odoo nuestro Paquete de "
"Éxito incluye metodología de implementación y mejores prácticas a empezar "
"con nuestro producto."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11
msgid ""
"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the "
"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't "
"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*"
msgstr "*Recomendamos que los nuevos clientes Online de Odoo lean este documento antes de la llamada inicio de nuestro gerente de proyecto. De esta manera, ahorramos tiempo y no tenemos que usar su tiempo del paquete de éxito discutiendo lo básico.*"
msgstr ""
"*Recomendamos que los nuevos clientes Online de Odoo lean este documento "
"antes de la llamada inicio de nuestro gerente de proyecto. De esta manera, "
"ahorramos tiempo y no tenemos que usar su tiempo del paquete de éxito "
"discutiendo lo básico.*"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16
msgid ""
"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this "
"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*"
msgstr "*Si no ha revisado este documento, nuestro gerente de proyectos lo revisará con vosotros en el momento de la llamada inicial.*"
msgstr ""
"*Si no ha revisado este documento, nuestro gerente de proyectos lo revisará "
"con vosotros en el momento de la llamada inicial.*"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Primeros pasos"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22
msgid ""
"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The"
" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during "
"the implementation."
msgstr "No espera a la reunión de lanzamiento para empezar a jugar con el software. Cuanto más se exponga a Odoo, más tiempo ahorrará más adelante durante la implementación."
msgstr ""
"No espera a la reunión de lanzamiento para empezar a jugar con el software. "
"Cuanto más se exponga a Odoo, más tiempo ahorrará más adelante durante la "
"implementación."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26
msgid ""
"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions"
" by e-mail on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you "
"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch."
msgstr "Una vez que haya comprado una suscripcion de Odoo Online, recibirá instrucciones por correo electronico de como activar o crear su base de datos. Desde ese correo, puede activar so base de datos existente o crear una nueva desde cero."
msgstr ""
"Una vez que haya comprado una suscripcion de Odoo Online, recibirá "
"instrucciones por correo electronico de como activar o crear su base de "
"datos. Desde ese correo, puede activar so base de datos existente o crear "
"una nueva desde cero."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
msgid ""
"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by "
"someone else in your company, contact our support using our `online support "
"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr "Si no recibió este correo, ej. porque el pago fue realizado por alguien mas en su compañía, contacte a nuestro soporte usando nuestro `formulario de soporte en línea <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
"Si no recibió este correo, ej. porque el pago fue realizado por alguien mas "
"en su compañía, contacte a nuestro soporte usando nuestro `formulario de "
"soporte en línea <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38
msgid ""
"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo "
"database ready to be used."
msgstr "Rellene las pantallas sign-in o sign-up y recibirá su primera base de datos Odoo lista para usar."
msgstr ""
"Rellene las pantallas sign-in o sign-up y recibirá su primera base de datos "
"Odoo lista para usar."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41
msgid ""
@ -84,7 +100,11 @@ msgid ""
" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities or projects / "
"tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the user "
"interface as shown in the picture below."
msgstr "Para familiarizarse con el interfaz de usuario, tomase unos minutos para crear registros: *Productos, clientes, prospectos o proyectos / tareas*. Siguie los areas pulsandos, le daran pistas sobre el uso del interfaz como lo muestra la imagen abajo."
msgstr ""
"Para familiarizarse con el interfaz de usuario, tomase unos minutos para "
"crear registros: *Productos, clientes, prospectos o proyectos / tareas*. "
"Siguie los areas pulsandos, le daran pistas sobre el uso del interfaz como "
"lo muestra la imagen abajo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
msgid "|left_pic|"
@ -99,7 +119,11 @@ msgid ""
"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation "
"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top "
"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications."
msgstr "Cuando se haya familiarizado con el interfaz de usuario échele un vistazo a los planificadores de implantación. Puede acceder a ellos desde la aplicación de Ajustes o desde la barra de progreso superior, a la derecha de las aplicaciones principales."
msgstr ""
"Cuando se haya familiarizado con el interfaz de usuario échele un vistazo a "
"los planificadores de implantación. Puede acceder a ellos desde la "
"aplicación de Ajustes o desde la barra de progreso superior, a la derecha de"
" las aplicaciones principales."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58
msgid "These implementation planners will:"
@ -122,26 +146,36 @@ msgid ""
"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations "
"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the "
"implementation process."
msgstr "Rellene los primeros pasos de los planeadores de implementación (metas, expectativas y KPIs). Nuestro gerente de proyectos los analizara junto con vosotros en el proceso de implementación."
msgstr ""
"Rellene los primeros pasos de los planeadores de implementación (metas, "
"expectativas y KPIs). Nuestro gerente de proyectos los analizara junto con "
"vosotros en el proceso de implementación."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73
msgid ""
"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you "
"through all the steps. But you can also:"
msgstr "Si tiene algunas preguntas o necesita soporte, nuestro gerente de proyectos le guiará a traves de todos los pasos. Sin embargo, también puede:"
msgstr ""
"Si tiene algunas preguntas o necesita soporte, nuestro gerente de proyectos "
"le guiará a traves de todos los pasos. Sin embargo, también puede:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76
msgid ""
"Read the documentation on our website: "
"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
msgstr "Lea la documentación en nuestro sitio web: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
msgstr ""
"Lea la documentación en nuestro sitio web: "
"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79
msgid ""
"Or send your questions to our online support through our `online support "
"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr "O envíe sus preguntas a nuestro soporte en línea a través de nuestro `formulario de soporte en línea <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
"O envíe sus preguntas a nuestro soporte en línea a través de nuestro "
"`formulario de soporte en línea <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:83
msgid "What do we expect from you?"
@ -152,14 +186,21 @@ msgid ""
"We used to deploy full featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of services,"
" which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most projects"
" are completed between 1 and 4 calendar months."
msgstr "Se utilizó para implementar proyectos de funciones completo dentro de 25 a 250 horas de servicios, que es mucho más rápido que cualquier otro proveedor de ERP en el mercado. La mayoría de los proyectos se completan entre 1 y 4 meses calendario."
msgstr ""
"Se utilizó para implementar proyectos de funciones completo dentro de 25 a "
"250 horas de servicios, que es mucho más rápido que cualquier otro proveedor"
" de ERP en el mercado. La mayoría de los proyectos se completan entre 1 y 4 "
"meses calendario."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89
msgid ""
"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a "
"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, here is what leads to"
" a successful project."
msgstr "Lo que realmente **distingue una implementación exitosa y una implementación lenta es vosotros, el cliente!** Desde nuestra experiencie, a continuación lo que lleva a una implementacón exitosa."
msgstr ""
"Lo que realmente **distingue una implementación exitosa y una implementación"
" lenta es vosotros, el cliente!** Desde nuestra experiencie, a continuación "
"lo que lleva a una implementacón exitosa."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94
msgid "Your internal implementation manager"
@ -169,14 +210,21 @@ msgstr "Su gestor de implementación interno"
msgid ""
"We will ask you for a single point of contact within your company work on "
"the project with our project manager. To be efficient, this person must:"
msgstr "Vamos a pedirle un único punto de contacto dentro de su empresa trabajan en el proyecto con nuestro jefe de proyecto. Para ser eficaz, esta persona debe:"
msgstr ""
"Vamos a pedirle un único punto de contacto dentro de su empresa trabajan en "
"el proyecto con nuestro jefe de proyecto. Para ser eficaz, esta persona "
"debe:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100
msgid ""
"**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you "
"will slow down the implementation. More is better, the fastest "
"implementations have a full time project manager."
msgstr "**mantenerse disponible por lo menos 2 días copmletos por semana** para el proyecto, sino frenará la implementación. Entre mas dedicación, mejor. Las implementaciónes mas rapidas cuentan con un gestor de implementación tiempo completo."
msgstr ""
"**mantenerse disponible por lo menos 2 días copmletos por semana** para el "
"proyecto, sino frenará la implementación. Entre mas dedicación, mejor. Las "
"implementaciónes mas rapidas cuentan con un gestor de implementación tiempo "
"completo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:104
msgid ""
@ -185,13 +233,22 @@ msgid ""
"lot of decisions to take on small details. If there is too much back and "
"forth between several decision makers, it could potentially seriously slow "
"things down."
msgstr "**tener la copetencia de tomar decisiones** por su propia cuenta. En el proceso de implementación de Odoo, normalmente serán mejorado los procesos de cada departamento. En un tal proyecto, muchas decisiónes necesitan ser tomadas sobre pequños detalles. Si se presenta demasiado involucramiento burocratico entre varios encargados, puede potencialmente ralentizar el proceso."
msgstr ""
"**tener la copetencia de tomar decisiones** por su propia cuenta. En el "
"proceso de implementación de Odoo, normalmente serán mejorado los procesos "
"de cada departamento. En un tal proyecto, muchas decisiónes necesitan ser "
"tomadas sobre pequños detalles. Si se presenta demasiado involucramiento "
"burocratico entre varios encargados, puede potencialmente ralentizar el "
"proceso."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110
msgid ""
"**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies at most departments. "
"This person must have the support, or be part, of the top management."
msgstr "**contar con el liderazgo** para entrenar y enforzar politicas en la mayoria de departamentos. Esta persona debe contar con el sporte, o debe ser parte, del equipo de gestión superior."
msgstr ""
"**contar con el liderazgo** para entrenar y enforzar politicas en la mayoria"
" de departamentos. Esta persona debe contar con el sporte, o debe ser parte,"
" del equipo de gestión superior."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115
msgid "Integrate 95% of your business, not 100%"
@ -202,27 +259,39 @@ msgid ""
"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high "
"level of automation, feature coverage and integration. But **don't be an "
"extremist in that direction.**"
msgstr "Probablemente eligió Odoo porque ningún otros software le permite un nivel tan alto de automatización, características e integración. Pero **no sea extremista en ese sentido**."
msgstr ""
"Probablemente eligió Odoo porque ningún otros software le permite un nivel "
"tan alto de automatización, características e integración. Pero **no sea "
"extremista en ese sentido**."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121
msgid ""
"Customizations cost you money, are more complex to maintain, add risks to "
"the implementation and can cause issues with upgrades."
msgstr "Adaptaciones le cuestan, son complejos para mantener, implican riesgos para la impelemntación y pueden causar problemas para las actualizaciónes."
msgstr ""
"Adaptaciones le cuestan, son complejos para mantener, implican riesgos para "
"la impelemntación y pueden causar problemas para las actualizaciónes."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:124
msgid ""
"Standard Odoo can probably cover 95% of your business. Be flexible on the "
"remaining 5%, otherwise that 5% will cost you twice the original project "
"price. One always underestimates the hidden costs of customization."
msgstr "Odoo en su versión estandar probablemente puede cubrir el 95% de su negocio. Sea flexible para los faltantes 5%, de lo contrario estos 5% le pueden costar el doble del precio inicial del proyecto. Uno tiende a siempre subestimer los costos occultos de personalizaciones."
msgstr ""
"Odoo en su versión estandar probablemente puede cubrir el 95% de su negocio."
" Sea flexible para los faltantes 5%, de lo contrario estos 5% le pueden "
"costar el doble del precio inicial del proyecto. Uno tiende a siempre "
"subestimer los costos occultos de personalizaciones."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:129
msgid ""
"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was "
"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old "
"system(s) works."
msgstr "**Hazlo de la manera Odoo, no de la suya.** Sea flexible, use Odoo de la manera de la cual fue diseñada. Aprende como funciona y no intente replicar la forma como funcionó su(s) viejo(s) sistema(s)."
msgstr ""
"**Hazlo de la manera Odoo, no de la suya.** Sea flexible, use Odoo de la "
"manera de la cual fue diseñada. Aprende como funciona y no intente replicar "
"la forma como funcionó su(s) viejo(s) sistema(s)."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133
msgid ""
@ -232,14 +301,25 @@ msgid ""
" 60% of their customization requests as they learn to do it the out of the "
"box Odoo way. It is more important to have all your business processes "
"working than customizing a screen to add fields or automate a few e-mails."
msgstr "**Primero el proyecto, segundo las personalizaciónes.** Si realmente necesita personalizaciones, proyectalos para el fin del proyecto, idealmente despues de llegar a la fase de producción. Una vez un cliente empieza usando Odoo, normalmente abandona el 60% de sus requerimientos de personalización inicial por que aprende como hacerlo a la \"manera magica Odoo\". Es mas importante que todos sus procesos del negocio funcionen que personalizar una pantalla para aggregar campos o automatizar algunos correos electornicos."
msgstr ""
"**Primero el proyecto, segundo las personalizaciónes.** Si realmente "
"necesita personalizaciones, proyectalos para el fin del proyecto, idealmente"
" despues de llegar a la fase de producción. Una vez un cliente empieza "
"usando Odoo, normalmente abandona el 60% de sus requerimientos de "
"personalización inicial por que aprende como hacerlo a la \"manera magica "
"Odoo\". Es mas importante que todos sus procesos del negocio funcionen que "
"personalizar una pantalla para aggregar campos o automatizar algunos correos"
" electornicos."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141
msgid ""
"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decision and "
"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with"
" them on the objectives."
msgstr "Nuestros gerentes de proyectos estan entrenados para asistirle en tomar buenas decisiones y en medir las ventajas y desventajas implicadas, pero será mucho mas facil si está alineado con ellos en los objectivos."
msgstr ""
"Nuestros gerentes de proyectos estan entrenados para asistirle en tomar "
"buenas decisiones y en medir las ventajas y desventajas implicadas, pero "
"será mucho mas facil si está alineado con ellos en los objectivos."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:146
msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo"
@ -250,31 +330,42 @@ msgid ""
"Start your free trial. Play with the system. The more comfortable you are "
"with Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the training phase will be "
"that much easier."
msgstr "Empieza su prueba gratis. Juega con el sistema. Entre mas comodo se siente con Odoo, mejor van a ser sus decisiónes y mas fácil será la fase de capacitaciónes."
msgstr ""
"Empieza su prueba gratis. Juega con el sistema. Entre mas comodo se siente "
"con Odoo, mejor van a ser sus decisiónes y mas fácil será la fase de "
"capacitaciónes."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152
msgid ""
"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra "
"resources:"
msgstr "No hay nada que sustituya a jugar con el software, pero aquí tiene algunos recursos adicionales:"
msgstr ""
"No hay nada que sustituya a jugar con el software, pero aquí tiene algunos "
"recursos adicionales:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155
msgid ""
"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
msgstr "Documentación: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
msgstr ""
"Documentación: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158
msgid ""
"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos "
"<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__"
msgstr "Videos de introducción: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos <https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__"
msgstr ""
"Videos de introducción: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos "
"<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161
msgid ""
"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 "
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
msgstr "Opiniones de clientes: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 <https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
msgstr ""
"Opiniones de clientes: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 "
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:165
msgid "Get things done"
@ -286,7 +377,12 @@ msgid ""
"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and "
"install the Notes application."
msgstr "¿Quiere una manera fácil de empezar usando Odoo? Installe Odoo Notas para manejar sus listas de tareas para la implementación: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes <https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. Desde su página de inicio Odoo, navega a Applicaciónes e installe la applicación Notas."
msgstr ""
"¿Quiere una manera fácil de empezar usando Odoo? Installe Odoo Notas para "
"manejar sus listas de tareas para la implementación: "
"`https://www.odoo.com/page/notes <https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. Desde"
" su página de inicio Odoo, navega a Applicaciónes e installe la applicación "
"Notas."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175
msgid "This module allows you to:"
@ -294,7 +390,8 @@ msgstr "Este módulo le permite:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177
msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;"
msgstr "Gestionar listas de pendientes para una mejor interacción con su consultor;"
msgstr ""
"Gestionar listas de pendientes para una mejor interacción con su consultor;"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179
msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;"
@ -304,14 +401,19 @@ msgstr "Compartir conocimiento de Odoo y buenas prácticas con sus empleados;"
msgid ""
"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion "
"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc."
msgstr "Conocer las herramientas genéricas de Odoo: mensajería, grupos de discusión, tablero Kanban, etc..."
msgstr ""
"Conocer las herramientas genéricas de Odoo: mensajería, grupos de discusión,"
" tablero Kanban, etc..."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188
msgid ""
"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform "
"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard "
"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad."
msgstr "Esta aplicación incluso es compatible con la plataforma Etherpad (http://etherpad.org). Para usar esos tableros colaborativos en lugar de las notas estándar de Odoo, instale el siguiente complemento: Tableros Memo."
msgstr ""
"Esta aplicación incluso es compatible con la plataforma Etherpad "
"(http://etherpad.org). Para usar esos tableros colaborativos en lugar de las"
" notas estándar de Odoo, instale el siguiente complemento: Tableros Memo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:193
msgid "What should you expect from us?"
@ -330,25 +432,34 @@ msgid ""
"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three "
"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your "
"instance in 10 minutes, and more!"
msgstr "¡Odoo provee una infraestructura de ultima technologia incluyendo backups en tres differentes datacenters, replicación de base de datos, la capabilidad de duplicar su instancia en 10 minutos, y más!"
msgstr ""
"¡Odoo provee una infraestructura de ultima technologia incluyendo backups en"
" tres differentes datacenters, replicación de base de datos, la capabilidad "
"de duplicar su instancia en 10 minutos, y más!"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205
msgid ""
"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
msgstr "SLA en línea de Odoo: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
msgstr ""
"SLA en línea de Odoo: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
msgid ""
"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security "
"<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__"
msgstr "Seguridad en línea de Odoo: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__"
msgstr ""
"Seguridad en línea de Odoo: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security "
"<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:211
msgid ""
"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
msgstr "Políticas de privacidad: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
msgstr ""
"Políticas de privacidad: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:215
msgid "Support"
@ -361,20 +472,31 @@ msgid ""
"San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and "
"everything from: how to use or configure, bugfix requests, payments or "
"subscription issues."
msgstr "Su subscripción Odoo Online incluye un **servicio de soporte illimitado, 24/5, lunes a viernes sin nigun costo addicional**. Para cubrir soporte de 24 horas, nuestros equipos estan en San Francisco, Belgica e india. Cuestiónes puede ser sobre cualquier duda: como usar o configurar, errores del sistema, problemas de pago o de subscripción."
msgstr ""
"Su subscripción Odoo Online incluye un **servicio de soporte illimitado, "
"24/5, lunes a viernes sin nigun costo addicional**. Para cubrir soporte de "
"24 horas, nuestros equipos estan en San Francisco, Belgica e india. "
"Cuestiónes puede ser sobre cualquier duda: como usar o configurar, errores "
"del sistema, problemas de pago o de subscripción."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223
msgid ""
"Our support can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr "Nuestro soporte puede ser contactado a través de nuestro `formulario de soporte en línea <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
"Nuestro soporte puede ser contactado a través de nuestro `formulario de "
"soporte en línea <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
msgid ""
"Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data "
"or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project "
"manager, as part of the Success Pack."
msgstr "Nota: el quipo de soporte no puede desarollar nuevas funcionalidades, customizar, importar data o entrenar sus usarios. Estos servicios estan proveído por su gerente de proyectos dedicado como parte de nuestro Sucess Pack."
msgstr ""
"Nota: el quipo de soporte no puede desarollar nuevas funcionalidades, "
"customizar, importar data o entrenar sus usarios. Estos servicios estan "
"proveído por su gerente de proyectos dedicado como parte de nuestro Sucess "
"Pack."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231
msgid "Upgrades"
@ -385,7 +507,11 @@ msgid ""
"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade "
"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database "
"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features."
msgstr "Una vez cada o cada dos meses, Odoo publicara una nueva versión. Aparecerá un bot´n de actualización en la pantalla de **Gestionar sus bases de datos**. Correr una actualización es a discreción de vosotros, pero le permite beneficiar de nuevas funcionalidades."
msgstr ""
"Una vez cada o cada dos meses, Odoo publicara una nueva versión. Aparecerá "
"un bot´n de actualización en la pantalla de **Gestionar sus bases de "
"datos**. Correr una actualización es a discreción de vosotros, pero le "
"permite beneficiar de nuevas funcionalidades."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:238
msgid ""
@ -393,7 +519,11 @@ msgid ""
"evaluate a new version or train your team before the roll out. Simply fill "
"our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this "
"request."
msgstr "Otorgamos la opción de actualizar en un entorno de pruebas para que pueda evaluar la nueva versión y entrenar su equipo antes de desplegar. Simplemente llene nuestro `formulario de soporte en línea <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ para hacer esta solicitud."
msgstr ""
"Otorgamos la opción de actualizar en un entorno de pruebas para que pueda "
"evaluar la nueva versión y entrenar su equipo antes de desplegar. "
"Simplemente llene nuestro `formulario de soporte en línea "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ para hacer esta solicitud."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:243
msgid "Success Pack Services"
@ -405,14 +535,21 @@ msgid ""
"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The list of services "
"according to your success pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
msgstr "El Success Pack es un paquete de servicios premium basado en horas ejecutados por un gerente de proyectos dedicado y un analista. La lista de servicios concorde con su paquete Success Pack esta detallada en línea: `https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
msgstr ""
"El Success Pack es un paquete de servicios premium basado en horas "
"ejecutados por un gerente de proyectos dedicado y un analista. La lista de "
"servicios concorde con su paquete Success Pack esta detallada en línea: "
"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:250
msgid ""
"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
"your success pack."
msgstr "La meta del gerente de proyectos es ayudarle para salir aproducción en el marco de tiempo y presupuesto acordado, es decir en el numero de horas inicialmente definido en su paquete Success Pack."
msgstr ""
"La meta del gerente de proyectos es ayudarle para salir aproducción en el "
"marco de tiempo y presupuesto acordado, es decir en el numero de horas "
"inicialmente definido en su paquete Success Pack."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
msgid "His/her role includes:"
@ -423,11 +560,15 @@ msgid ""
"**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
" the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo "
"features."
msgstr "**Gestion de proyecto:** revisar sus objectivos y expectativas, programar la implementacion (road map), correpsonder sus necesidades de negocio a las funcionalidades de Odoo."
msgstr ""
"**Gestion de proyecto:** revisar sus objectivos y expectativas, programar la"
" implementacion (road map), correpsonder sus necesidades de negocio a las "
"funcionalidades de Odoo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260
msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar."
msgstr "**Soporte personalizado:** por telefono, correo electronico o webinar."
msgstr ""
"**Soporte personalizado:** por telefono, correo electronico o webinar."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:262
msgid ""
@ -435,26 +576,37 @@ msgid ""
"sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will "
"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your "
"consultant."
msgstr "**Entrenamiento, capacitación y consultoría presencial:** capacitaciónes remotas compartiendo pantallas o entrenamiento presencial. Para sesiónes de entrenamiento presencial, incurrirá en costos adicionales por viaticos y alojamienteo de nuestros consultores."
msgstr ""
"**Entrenamiento, capacitación y consultoría presencial:** capacitaciónes "
"remotas compartiendo pantallas o entrenamiento presencial. Para sesiónes de "
"entrenamiento presencial, incurrirá en costos adicionales por viaticos y "
"alojamienteo de nuestros consultores."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267
msgid ""
"**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
"and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
"structures, etc.)"
msgstr "**Configuración:** decisónes sobre como implementar necesidades especificas en Odoo y configuracipónes avanzadas. (por ejemplo rutas logisticas, estrucutras de precios avanzadas, etcétera)"
msgstr ""
"**Configuración:** decisónes sobre como implementar necesidades especificas "
"en Odoo y configuracipónes avanzadas. (por ejemplo rutas logisticas, "
"estrucutras de precios avanzadas, etcétera)"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271
msgid ""
"**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
"prepared by the project manager."
msgstr "**Importaciones de datos:** podemos hacerlo nosotros o asistirle en hacerlo con una plantilla preparada por nuestro gerente de proyectos."
msgstr ""
"**Importaciones de datos:** podemos hacerlo nosotros o asistirle en hacerlo "
"con una plantilla preparada por nuestro gerente de proyectos."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274
msgid ""
"If you have subscribed to a **Custom App**, you benefit from following extra"
" services:"
msgstr "Si ha subscribido a la opción **Applicación personalizada**, se beneficiará de los siguientes servicios addicionales:"
msgstr ""
"Si ha subscribido a la opción **Applicación personalizada**, se beneficiará "
"de los siguientes servicios addicionales:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:277
msgid "**Customization of screens**"
@ -464,7 +616,9 @@ msgstr "**Personalización de pantallas**"
msgid ""
"**Customization of reports (PDF):** our project managers have access to "
"developers for advanced customizations."
msgstr "**Personalización de reportes (PDF):** nuestros gerentes de proyectos tienen acceso a desarolladores para personalisaciónes avanzadas."
msgstr ""
"**Personalización de reportes (PDF):** nuestros gerentes de proyectos tienen"
" acceso a desarolladores para personalisaciónes avanzadas."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:282
msgid ""
@ -472,14 +626,22 @@ msgid ""
"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours "
"of your success pack."
msgstr "**Diseño de página web:** temas estandares estan disponibles son costo addicional. Sin embargo, su gerente de proyectos puede consultarle en como utilizar los bloques basicos del módulo diseñador de páginas. El tiempo con el cliente se descontará de las horas del paquete Success Pack."
msgstr ""
"**Diseño de página web:** temas estandares estan disponibles son costo "
"addicional. Sin embargo, su gerente de proyectos puede consultarle en como "
"utilizar los bloques basicos del módulo diseñador de páginas. El tiempo con "
"el cliente se descontará de las horas del paquete Success Pack."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
msgid ""
"**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, "
"sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced "
"automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers."
msgstr "**Automatisaciónes de flujos de trabajo:** por ejemplo colocar valores en campos basado en activadores, mandar recordatorios por correo electornico, automatizar acciónes, etcétera. Para automatizaciónes muy avanzadas, nuestros gerentes de proyectos tienen acceso a desarolladores Odoo."
msgstr ""
"**Automatisaciónes de flujos de trabajo:** por ejemplo colocar valores en "
"campos basado en activadores, mandar recordatorios por correo electornico, "
"automatizar acciónes, etcétera. Para automatizaciónes muy avanzadas, "
"nuestros gerentes de proyectos tienen acceso a desarolladores Odoo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
msgid "Implementation Methodology"
@ -489,13 +651,17 @@ msgstr "Metodología de implantación"
msgid ""
"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers"
" in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
msgstr "Seguimos una metodología **esbelta y practica**, que empleamos para salir juntos con nuestros clientes a producción en un tiempo corto y a costo bajo."
msgstr ""
"Seguimos una metodología **esbelta y practica**, que empleamos para salir "
"juntos con nuestros clientes a producción en un tiempo corto y a costo bajo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298
msgid ""
"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
"progressively, by groups of apps."
msgstr "Tras la reunión de lanzamiento, definimos un plan para desplegar Odoo progresivamente, por grupos de aplicaciones."
msgstr ""
"Tras la reunión de lanzamiento, definimos un plan para desplegar Odoo "
"progresivamente, por grupos de aplicaciones."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304
msgid ""
@ -503,7 +669,11 @@ msgid ""
"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set applications that you will "
"fully use in production at the end of the phase."
msgstr "La meta de la **llamada de arranque** para nuestro gerente de proyectos es lograr entender su negocio para proponer un chronograma de implementación (planeación). Cada fase consiste en el despliegue de un conjunto de applicaciónes que utilizará plenamente al final de la fase."
msgstr ""
"La meta de la **llamada de arranque** para nuestro gerente de proyectos es "
"lograr entender su negocio para proponer un chronograma de implementación "
"(planeación). Cada fase consiste en el despliegue de un conjunto de "
"applicaciónes que utilizará plenamente al final de la fase."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
@ -514,14 +684,21 @@ msgid ""
"**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
" business process and configure according to your specific needs."
msgstr "**Incorporación:** El gerente de proyectos de Odoo revisará los procesos internos con vosotros según su negocio. La meta es entrenarle, validar los procesos internos y configurar la instancia segun sus necesidades específicos."
msgstr ""
"**Incorporación:** El gerente de proyectos de Odoo revisará los procesos "
"internos con vosotros según su negocio. La meta es entrenarle, validar los "
"procesos internos y configurar la instancia segun sus necesidades "
"específicos."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
msgid ""
"**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
"responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project "
"manager will import them in Odoo."
msgstr "**Datos:** son creados manualmente o ipmortados de sus sistema existente. Usted estará responsable de exportar los datos de su sistema existente y el gerente de proyectos de Odoo los importará en Odoo."
msgstr ""
"**Datos:** son creados manualmente o ipmortados de sus sistema existente. "
"Usted estará responsable de exportar los datos de su sistema existente y el "
"gerente de proyectos de Odoo los importará en Odoo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
msgid ""
@ -530,24 +707,37 @@ msgid ""
"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and "
"process your feedback."
msgstr ""
"** Entrenamiento: ** una vez que sus aplicaciones estén configuradas, sus "
"datos importados, y el sistema esté funcionando sin problemas, usted "
"capacitara a sus usuarios. Habrá algunos ajustes con su gerente de proyecto "
"Odoo para responder a las preguntas y procesar sus comentarios."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326
msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
msgstr "**Producción**: En cuanto todo el mundo está entrenado, sus usuarios comienzan a usar Odoo."
msgstr ""
"**Producción**: En cuanto todo el mundo está entrenado, sus usuarios "
"comienzan a usar Odoo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:329
msgid ""
"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
" and reports**)."
msgstr "Una vez estará comodo usando Odoo, haremos las ultimas adaptaciónes para finiquitar los procesos y **automatizar** algunas tareas y hacer las restantes personalizaciónes (**vpantallas extras y reportes**)."
msgstr ""
"Una vez estará comodo usando Odoo, haremos las ultimas adaptaciónes para "
"finiquitar los procesos y **automatizar** algunas tareas y hacer las "
"restantes personalizaciónes (**vpantallas extras y reportes**)."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333
msgid ""
"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our "
"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
msgstr "Una vez todas las applicaciónes estan despliegados y sus usuarios se sienten comodos trabajndo con odoo, nuestro gerente de proyectos no trabajará mas en su proyectos (salvo que tenga nuevos requerimientos) y usted utilizará el servicio de soporte si tiene mas preguntas."
msgstr ""
"Una vez todas las applicaciónes estan despliegados y sus usuarios se sienten"
" comodos trabajndo con odoo, nuestro gerente de proyectos no trabajará mas "
"en su proyectos (salvo que tenga nuevos requerimientos) y usted utilizará el"
" servicio de soporte si tiene mas preguntas."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:339
msgid "Managing your databases"
@ -557,14 +747,20 @@ msgstr "Gestionando sus bases de datos"
msgid ""
"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
msgstr "Para acceder a sus bases de datos, vaya a Odoo.com, inicie sesión y haga clic en **Mis bases de datos** en el menú desplegable que aparece en la esquina superior derecha."
msgstr ""
"Para acceder a sus bases de datos, vaya a Odoo.com, inicie sesión y haga "
"clic en **Mis bases de datos** en el menú desplegable que aparece en la "
"esquina superior derecha."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
msgid ""
"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
" with test data!"
msgstr "Odoo le da la oportunidad de probar el sistema antes de ir en vivo o antes de actualizar a una versión más reciente. No ensucie el entorno de trabajo con los datos de prueba!"
msgstr ""
"Odoo le da la oportunidad de probar el sistema antes de ir en vivo o antes "
"de actualizar a una versión más reciente. No ensucie el entorno de trabajo "
"con los datos de prueba!"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:351
msgid ""
@ -572,13 +768,19 @@ msgid ""
"for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working "
"environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** "
"page and click **Duplicate**."
msgstr "Para este proposito, puede crear las instancias de prueba que necesite (disponible para 15 días). Estas instancias pueden ser copias al día con su instancia de producción. Para este efecto, vaya a su cuenta en Odoo.com y en la página **Mis organizaciónes** haga click en **Duplicar**."
msgstr ""
"Para este proposito, puede crear las instancias de prueba que necesite "
"(disponible para 15 días). Estas instancias pueden ser copias al día con su "
"instancia de producción. Para este efecto, vaya a su cuenta en Odoo.com y en"
" la página **Mis organizaciónes** haga click en **Duplicar**."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:362
msgid ""
"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
"<db_management/documentation>`."
msgstr "Puede encontrar más información acerca de como administrar sus bases de datos :ref:`aquí <db_management/documentation>`."
msgstr ""
"Puede encontrar más información acerca de como administrar sus bases de "
"datos :ref:`aquí <db_management/documentation>`."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:366
msgid "Customer Success"
@ -588,13 +790,17 @@ msgstr "Éxito del cliente"
msgid ""
"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
"have all the resources needed to complete their project."
msgstr "Odoo se passiona para deleitar a nuestros clientes y assegurar que disponen de todos los recursos para copmletar su proyecto."
msgstr ""
"Odoo se passiona para deleitar a nuestros clientes y assegurar que disponen "
"de todos los recursos para copmletar su proyecto."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:371
msgid ""
"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
"manager and eventually the support team."
msgstr "Durante la fase de implementación. el punto de contacto es nuestro gerente de proyectos, y posiblemente el equipo de soporte."
msgstr ""
"Durante la fase de implementación. el punto de contacto es nuestro gerente "
"de proyectos, y posiblemente el equipo de soporte."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:374
msgid ""
@ -603,13 +809,20 @@ msgid ""
"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with"
" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the "
"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..."
msgstr "Una vez salido a producción, posiblemente habrá menos interacción con su gerente de proyectos. En este momento le assignaremos un miembro de nuestro equipo de éxito del cliente que esta especializado en la relación continua con nuestros clientes. El le contactará para demostrar nuevas versiones, mejorar la manera de como utiliza Odoo y evaluar sus necesidades, etcétera."
msgstr ""
"Una vez salido a producción, posiblemente habrá menos interacción con su "
"gerente de proyectos. En este momento le assignaremos un miembro de nuestro "
"equipo de éxito del cliente que esta especializado en la relación continua "
"con nuestros clientes. El le contactará para demostrar nuevas versiones, "
"mejorar la manera de como utiliza Odoo y evaluar sus necesidades, etcétera."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:381
msgid ""
"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
"a solution that grows with their needs!"
msgstr "¡Nuestro objetivo interno es mantener a un cliente po, al menos, 10 años, y ofrecerles una solución que crece con sus necesidades!"
msgstr ""
"¡Nuestro objetivo interno es mantener a un cliente po, al menos, 10 años, y "
"ofrecerles una solución que crece con sus necesidades!"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384
msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"

17
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
View File

@ -1,18 +1,17 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2015
# Rojas Pablo <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2015
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-03 11:43+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-18 20:25+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

3707
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

734
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,734 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Ana Juaristi <ajuaristio@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: es\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5
msgid "Manufacturing"
msgstr "Fabricación"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing Operations"
msgstr "Operaciones de fabricación"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3
msgid "Replenishment Strategies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:3
msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:5
msgid ""
"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but "
"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
"delivery strategies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10
msgid "Terminology"
msgstr "Terminología"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:13
msgid "Minimum stock rule"
msgstr "Regla de stock mínimo"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:15
msgid ""
"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the"
" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58
msgid "Make to Order"
msgstr "Orden bajo pedido"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:24
msgid ""
"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of "
"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the "
"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated "
"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:30
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:27
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:62
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:33
msgid "Minimum stock rules"
msgstr "Reglas de stock mínimo"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:35
msgid ""
"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory "
"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop"
" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock "
"values for a given product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:44
msgid ""
"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity "
"multiple\" fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:47
msgid ""
"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54
msgid ""
"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be "
"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:60
msgid ""
"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any "
"other module where products are available)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:64
msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:70
msgid "Choice between the two options"
msgstr "Elegir entre las dos opciones "
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:72
msgid ""
"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory "
"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum "
"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your "
"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
msgstr ""
"De este modo, la elección entre las dos opciones depende de su estrategia de"
" inventario. Si prefiere tener una reserva y contar siempre con una cantidad"
" mínima, debe usar las reglas de stock mínimo. Si prefiere reaprovisionar "
"sus existencias únicamente tras confirmar una venta, es mejor usar reglas "
"bajo pedido."
#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Información general"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials.rst:3
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6
msgid "Bill of Materials"
msgstr "Lista de materiales"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:3
msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. "
"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the "
"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and "
"Manufacturing apps must be installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:12
msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:14
msgid ""
"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of "
"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing "
"step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:18
msgid ""
"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation "
"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left "
"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at "
"right shows the corresponding delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:24
msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:29
msgid ""
"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, "
"create each component product as you would any other product, then create "
"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route "
"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the"
" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot "
"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:37
msgid ""
"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
"preference. The component products require no special configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:44
msgid ""
"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit "
"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship "
"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with "
"their default values."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:53
msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:55
msgid ""
"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use"
" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a"
" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The "
"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product "
"will appear in your stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:64
msgid ""
"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select "
"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales "
"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable "
"stock management."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:72
msgid ""
"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture "
"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing"
" order rather than a packing operation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:5
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:125
msgid ""
"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:12
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:132
msgid ""
"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
"variants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:17
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:137
msgid ""
"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:3
msgid "How to manage semi-finished products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:5
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:83
msgid ""
"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-"
"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your "
"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM "
"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:12
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:90
msgid ""
"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the "
"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing"
" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each "
"subassembly is created as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:19
msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:21
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:99
msgid ""
"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each "
"subassembly as you would for any product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:29
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:107
msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:31
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:109
msgid ""
"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes "
"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no "
"effect."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:39
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:117
msgid ""
"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the "
"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Primeros pasos"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5
msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:3
msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:5
msgid ""
"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component "
"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to "
"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM "
"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, "
"describe multiple variants of the same product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:14
msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:16
msgid ""
"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing "
"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For "
"more information about which method of management to use, review the "
"**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:22
msgid ""
"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a "
"product and at least one component (components are considered products in "
"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on "
"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory "
"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have "
"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant "
"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of "
"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of "
"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:32
msgid ""
"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. "
"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for "
"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** "
"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:38
msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:40
msgid ""
"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product "
"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be "
"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more "
"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:46
msgid ""
"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, "
"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a "
"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:50
msgid ""
"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is "
"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**"
" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be "
"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at "
"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be "
"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:61
msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:63
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the "
"primary product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:66
msgid ""
"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:72
msgid ""
"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials "
"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any "
"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step "
"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:81
msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:97
msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:123
msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:3
msgid "How to process a manufacturing order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:6
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introducción"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:8
msgid ""
"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way "
"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing "
"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise "
"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing "
"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, "
"performed in an order defined by **routings**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:17
msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:19
msgid ""
"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the "
"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in "
"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by "
"work orders and routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:24
msgid ""
"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There "
"are two basic phases from planning to production:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:27
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:52
msgid "Create manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:29
msgid "Record Production"
msgstr "registro de producción"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:32
msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:34
msgid ""
"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage"
" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and "
"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create "
"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:41
msgid ""
"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is "
"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity "
"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:45
msgid ""
"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When "
"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component "
"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added"
" step of scheduling work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:50
msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:54
msgid "Schedule the associated work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:56
msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
msgid "Main Concepts"
msgstr "Conceptos Principales"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3
msgid "Introduction to Odoo Manufacturing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11
msgid "Transcript"
msgstr "Transcripción"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13
msgid "Work in progress."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing Terminologies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9
msgid ""
"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the materials, the "
"quantity of each material, and the steps required to manufacture a product. "
"Depending on the industry and the nature of the finished product, a "
"different name may be used to describe the same document. For example, in "
"the pharmaceutical industry, the term “recipe” may be used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14
msgid "Cycle"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17
msgid ""
"A production cycle is a frame of time during which an entire manufacturing "
"process can be fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19
msgid "Downtime or Leave"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22
msgid ""
"Time during which a resource is unavailable. If the resource is a machine, "
"the unavailability is downtime, while if the resource is human, unavailable "
"time is called a Leave."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25
msgid "Finished products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28
msgid ""
"Finished products are the final output of a manufacturing process. They are "
"normally not intended to be used as input into another manufacturing order "
"of the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31
msgid "Kit"
msgstr "Kit"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34
msgid ""
"A kit is a set of components that are described by a bill of materials, but "
"which are delivered separately rather than assembled or mixed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36
msgid "Multi-level Bill of Materials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39
msgid ""
"A bill of material can quickly grow very complex. To keep it manageable, it "
"can be broken down into several smaller manufactured parts, each having its "
"own BOM. These parts are typically referred to as sub-assembly of "
"intermediate products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:44
msgid ""
"Defining a BOM in multiple levels reduces the complexity of the top-level "
"document and allows components to be reused in other BoMs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46
msgid "Phantom Bill of Material"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49
msgid ""
"A phantom bill of material is always used in the context of multi-level "
"BOMs. It allows to add a sub-assembly as part of a bigger end-product while "
"avoiding to trigger a separate manufacturing order for the sub-assembly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
msgid ""
"As such, when a manufacturing order for the final product is launched, the "
"components of the sub-assembly are reflected in the parent BOM as if they "
"were direct components of the parent BOM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58
msgid ""
"Phantom BOM are thus used for grouping a set of components with the aim of "
"reusing them in many other BOM without the need to launch separate "
"manufacturing orders for the sub-assemblies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61
msgid "Raw Materials"
msgstr "Materias primas"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:64
msgid ""
"Raw materials and components constitute the input that are transformed to "
"produce semi-finished or finished goods."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:67
msgid ""
"The transformation here can take many aspects according to the industry. It "
"can be simple assembly, welding, mixing, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69
msgid "Routing"
msgstr "Ruta de producción"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:72
msgid ""
"A routing is a document that describes a series of Work Orders and the Work "
"Centers at which they will be carried out"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74
msgid "Semi-finished products and sub-assemblies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77
msgid ""
"These are products which are manufactured with the purpose to be consumed in"
" another manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:79
msgid "Work Order Operations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:82
msgid ""
"Work Order Operations specify the set of activities necessary to fully "
"process a manufacturing order. Each activity or operation takes some time to"
" be completed and is performed into a determined production unit (also "
"called work center)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86
msgid "Work Order"
msgstr "Orden de trabajo"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:89
msgid ""
"A work order is a single manufacturing operation that is scheduled for "
"execution on a given date and a given duration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91
msgid "Work Center"
msgstr "Centro de producción"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:94
msgid ""
"Work centers identify production units and their resources. They are used to"
" represent the plant capacity as well as costing information. The capacity "
"is a combination of resources and their availability time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:97
msgid "Resources"
msgstr "Recursos"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:100
msgid ""
"In manufacturing a resource can be a human being (employee) or machine "
"available in a work center."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102
msgid "Working Time"
msgstr "Horario de trabajo"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:105
msgid ""
"Each resource has its normal working time. For instance, machines can be set"
" up to operate 7 days a week 20 hours out of 24."
msgstr ""

1648
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1020
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1843
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

18
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po
View File

@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Rojas Pablo <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2015
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-03 11:43+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-05 21:43+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Rojas Pablo <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../recruitment.rst:5
msgid "Recruitment"
msgstr "Reclutamiento"
msgstr "Proceso de selección"

1563
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1206
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

6167
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

16
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
View File

@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2015
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-12 17:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Saad Thaifa <saad.thaifa@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/fr/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../applications.rst:3
msgid "Applications"
msgstr "Applications"
msgstr "Candidatures"

1479
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

581
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
View File

@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2016\n"
"Last-Translator: Rémi FRANÇOIS <remi@sudokeys.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -18,9 +18,377 @@ msgstr ""
"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8
msgid "Online Database management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:13
msgid "Duplicating a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:15
msgid ""
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available to free "
"customers of our Online platform."
msgstr ""
"La duplication et le renommage de bases de données, un nom DNS personnalisé,"
" etc... ne sont pas accessibles aux clients gratuits de notre plate-forme en"
" ligne."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18
msgid ""
"Access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ "
"(you will have to sign in). Next, make sure you are connected as the "
"administrator of the database you want to duplicate. After that, click on "
"the **Manage Your Databases** button."
msgstr ""
"Accédez à la page de `gestion de base de données "
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (vous devrez vous connecter). "
"Ensuite, assurez-vous que vous êtes connecté en tant qu'administrateur de la"
" base de données que vous souhaitez dupliquer. Après cela, cliquez sur le "
"bouton **Gérer vos bases de données**."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:26
msgid ""
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
msgstr ""
"Sur la ligne de la base de données que vous souhaitez dupliquer, vous verrez"
" quelques boutons. Pour dupliquer votre base de données, il suffit de "
"cliquer sur **Dupliquer**. Vous devrez donner un nom à votre copie, puis "
"cliquez sur **Dupliquer la base de données**."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:36
msgid "A duplicated database has the same behaviour as a real one:"
msgstr "Une base de données dupliquée a le même comportement que l'original :"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:38
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr "Les courriels sont envoyés"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce, for example)"
msgstr "Les paiements sont effectués (pour le eCommerce, par exemple)"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr "Les bons de livraison (fournisseurs d'expédition) sont envoyés"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:44
msgid "Etc."
msgstr "Etc."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
msgid ""
"It is **strongly** advised to test behaviour using sample customers/products"
" (with a `disposable e-mail <http://www.mailinator.com>`__ address, for "
"example)"
msgstr ""
"Il est **fortement** conseillé de tester le comportement en utilisant de "
"faux clients/articles (avec des adresses `email jetables "
"<http://www.mailinator.com>`__, par exemple)"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:50
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
msgstr ""
"Après quelques secondes, vous serez connecté à votre copie de base de "
"données. Notez que l'URL utilise le nom que vous avez choisi lors de la "
"duplication."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
msgstr ""
"Les copies de bases de données expirent automatiquement après 15 jours."
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
msgid "On-premise Database management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10
msgid "Register a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12
msgid ""
"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in "
"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before"
" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will"
" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-"
"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu "
"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20
msgid "Registration Error Message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22
msgid ""
"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this "
"message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130
msgid "Solutions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33
msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?"
msgstr "Avez-vous un abonnement Entreprise valide ?"
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
msgid ""
"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo"
" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ or with your Account "
"Manager"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?"
msgstr ""
"Avez-vous déjà associé un base de données à votre référence d'abonnement ?"
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41
msgid ""
"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a "
"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
"database\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52
msgid ""
"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database "
"as it will be deactivated shortly:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59
msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190
msgid ""
"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a "
"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required."
msgstr ""
"Depuis Juillet 2016, Odoo 9 modifie maintenant automatiquement l'UUID d'une "
"base de données dupliquée; une opération manuelle n'est plus nécessaire."
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64
msgid ""
"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID."
" Please check on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__, a short message will appear "
"specifying which database is problematic:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73
msgid ""
"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve "
"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section "
"<duplicate_premise>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76
msgid ""
"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each "
"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and "
"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
msgid "Too much users error message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
msgid ""
"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo"
" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93
msgid ""
"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The "
"countdown is updated everyday."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99
msgid ""
"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the "
"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102
msgid "or"
msgstr "ou"
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104
msgid ""
"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com "
"/documentation/user/10.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109
msgid ""
"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message "
"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification "
"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown,"
" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the "
"message disappear right away."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116
msgid "Database expired error message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118
msgid ""
"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your "
"subscription, you will encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126
msgid ""
"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30"
" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the "
"database is expired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134
msgid ""
"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note "
"that"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133
msgid ""
"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be "
"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit "
"card payments are processed immediately."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136
msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138
msgid ""
"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145
msgid "Force an Update Notification"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
msgid ""
"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-"
"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription"
" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will "
"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause "
"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications "
"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you"
" can force an Update using the following procedure:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154
msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155
msgid ""
"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right "
"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer"
" mode**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158
msgid ""
"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > "
"\"Scheduled Actions\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160
msgid ""
"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on "
"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165
msgid ""
"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive "
"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this "
"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the"
" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production "
"database will then be correctly identified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174
msgid "Duplicate a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
msgid ""
"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your "
"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily "
"duplicate your database (among other things)."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez dupliquer votre base de données en accédant au gestionnaire de "
"base de données sur votre serveur (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). Dans"
" cette page, vous pouvez facilement dupliquer votre base de données (entre "
"autres choses)."
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184
msgid ""
"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change "
"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this "
"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two "
"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or "
"registration problems down the line."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous dupliquez une base de données locale, il est **fortement** "
"conseillé de changer l'UUID (Universally Unique Identifier) de la base de "
"données dupliquée, puisque cet UUID est utilisé par votre base de données "
"pour s'identifier avec nos serveurs. Avoir deux bases de données avec le "
"même UUID pourrait entraîner des problèmes de facturation ou des problèmes "
"d'iidentification à tous les niveaux."
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193
msgid ""
"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > "
"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator "
"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to"
" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record "
"by clicking on it and using the edit button."
msgstr ""
"L'UUID d'une base de données est actuellement accessible à partir du menu "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Technique --> Paramètres --> Paramètres "
"systèmes`. Nous vous conseillons d'utiliser un générateur `UUID "
"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ ou d'utiliser la commande unix "
"``uuidgen`` pour générer un nouveau UUID. Vous pouvez alors simplement le "
"remplacer comme tout autre enregistrement en cliquant dessus et en utilisant"
" le bouton Modifier."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7
msgid "How to manage your databases"
msgstr "Comment gérer vos bases de données"
msgid "Users and Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9
msgid ""
@ -51,21 +419,19 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19
msgid ""
"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo "
"instances. The most important section concern the :ref:`duplication "
"<duplicate>` of your database: whenever you wish to install or remove an "
"App, you should **always** test it first on a duplicate of your production "
"database. That way, if something goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not"
" impacted."
"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise "
"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something "
"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted."
msgstr ""
"Cette page contient des informations sur la façon dont vous pouvez gérer vos"
" instances de Odoo. La section la plus importante concerne la "
":ref:`duplication <duplicate>` de votre base de données : chaque fois que "
"vous souhaitez installer ou supprimer une application, vous devriez "
"**toujours** tester d'abord sur une copie de votre base de données de "
"production. De cette façon, si quelque chose va mal, votre fonctionnement "
"quotidien n'est pas impacté."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:26
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online"
" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` "
"installations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28
msgid ""
"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an "
"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our "
@ -75,146 +441,11 @@ msgstr ""
"rencontrez un problème lors de l'exécution de ces procédures, contactez-nous"
" via notre `formulaire d'assistance <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:30
msgid ""
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available to free "
"customers of our Online platform."
msgstr ""
"La duplication et le renommage de bases de données, un nom DNS personnalisé,"
" etc... ne sont pas accessibles aux clients gratuits de notre plate-forme en"
" ligne."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:37
msgid "Duplicating a database (online)"
msgstr "Duplication d'une base de données (en ligne)"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39
msgid ""
"Access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ "
"(you will have to sign in). Next, make sure you are connected as the "
"administrator of the database you want to duplicate. After that, click on "
"the **Manage Your Databases** button."
msgstr ""
"Accédez à la page de `gestion de base de données "
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (vous devrez vous connecter). "
"Ensuite, assurez-vous que vous êtes connecté en tant qu'administrateur de la"
" base de données que vous souhaitez dupliquer. Après cela, cliquez sur le "
"bouton **Gérer vos bases de données**."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47
msgid ""
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
msgstr ""
"Sur la ligne de la base de données que vous souhaitez dupliquer, vous verrez"
" quelques boutons. Pour dupliquer votre base de données, il suffit de "
"cliquer sur **Dupliquer**. Vous devrez donner un nom à votre copie, puis "
"cliquez sur **Dupliquer la base de données**."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57
msgid "A duplicated database has the same behaviour as a real one:"
msgstr "Une base de données dupliquée a le même comportement que l'original :"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:59
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr "Les courriels sont envoyés"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:61
msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce, for example)"
msgstr "Les paiements sont effectués (pour le eCommerce, par exemple)"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:63
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr "Les bons de livraison (fournisseurs d'expédition) sont envoyés"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:65
msgid "Etc."
msgstr "Etc."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:67
msgid ""
"It is **strongly** advised to test behaviour using sample customers/products"
" (with a `disposable e-mail <http://www.mailinator.com>`__ address, for "
"example)"
msgstr ""
"Il est **fortement** conseillé de tester le comportement en utilisant de "
"faux clients/articles (avec des adresses `email jetables "
"<http://www.mailinator.com>`__, par exemple)"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
msgstr ""
"Après quelques secondes, vous serez connecté à votre copie de base de "
"données. Notez que l'URL utilise le nom que vous avez choisi lors de la "
"duplication."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
msgstr ""
"Les copies de bases de données expirent automatiquement après 15 jours."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:81
msgid "Duplicating a database (on-premise)"
msgstr "Duplication d'une base de données (sur site)"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83
msgid ""
"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your "
"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily "
"duplicate your database (among other things)."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez dupliquer votre base de données en accédant au gestionnaire de "
"base de données sur votre serveur (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). Dans"
" cette page, vous pouvez facilement dupliquer votre base de données (entre "
"autres choses)."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:91
msgid ""
"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change "
"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this "
"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two "
"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or "
"registration problems down the line."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous dupliquez une base de données locale, il est **fortement** "
"conseillé de changer l'UUID (Universally Unique Identifier) de la base de "
"données dupliquée, puisque cet UUID est utilisé par votre base de données "
"pour s'identifier avec nos serveurs. Avoir deux bases de données avec le "
"même UUID pourrait entraîner des problèmes de facturation ou des problèmes "
"d'iidentification à tous les niveaux."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97
msgid ""
"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a "
"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required."
msgstr ""
"Depuis Juillet 2016, Odoo 9 modifie maintenant automatiquement l'UUID d'une "
"base de données dupliquée; une opération manuelle n'est plus nécessaire."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:100
msgid ""
"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > "
"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator "
"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to"
" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record "
"by clicking on it and using the edit button."
msgstr ""
"L'UUID d'une base de données est actuellement accessible à partir du menu "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Technique --> Paramètres --> Paramètres "
"systèmes`. Nous vous conseillons d'utiliser un générateur `UUID "
"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ ou d'utiliser la commande unix "
"``uuidgen`` pour générer un nouveau UUID. Vous pouvez alors simplement le "
"remplacer comme tout autre enregistrement en cliquant dessus et en utilisant"
" le bouton Modifier."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:110
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34
msgid "Deactivating Users"
msgstr "Désactivation d'Utilisateurs"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:112
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36
msgid ""
"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to "
"change the status of any of your users."
@ -222,7 +453,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Assurez-vous que vous disposez des **permissions** suffisantes si vous "
"voulez changer le statut de l'un de vos utilisateurs."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39
msgid ""
"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section "
"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access "
@ -232,20 +463,20 @@ msgstr ""
"section montrant les utilisateurs actifs sur votre base de données. Cliquez "
"sur **Gérer les droits d'accès**."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:158
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
msgid "|settings|"
msgstr "|settings|"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
msgid "|browse_users|"
msgstr "|browse_users|"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:123
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47
msgid "You'll then see the list of your users."
msgstr "Vous verrez alors la liste de vos utilisateurs."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:128
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52
msgid ""
"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different "
"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll "
@ -256,7 +487,7 @@ msgstr ""
"supprimez ce filtre, vous obtiendrez tous les utilisateurs (les payants et "
"ceux du portail)"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:133
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57
msgid ""
"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as "
"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** "
@ -268,19 +499,19 @@ msgstr ""
"haut à droite). Vous constaterez que le statut changera immédiatement à "
"**Inactif**."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:142
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66
msgid "The user is now deactivated."
msgstr "L'utilisateur est maintenant désactivé."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:144
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68
msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)"
msgstr "Ne désactivez **jamais** l'utilisateur principal (*admin*)"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:147
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71
msgid "Uninstalling Apps"
msgstr "Désinstallation d'Applications"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:149
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73
msgid ""
"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
"<duplicate>` of your database before making any changes (*especially* "
@ -290,7 +521,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<duplicate>` de votre base de données avant d'effectuer des changements (*en"
" particulier* l'installation/la désinstallation d'applications)."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:153
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77
msgid ""
"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able "
"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to"
@ -300,11 +531,11 @@ msgstr ""
" verrez le nombre d'applications que vous avez installées. Cliquez sur "
"**Parcourir les applications** pour accéder à la liste des applications."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:158
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
msgid "|browse_apps|"
msgstr "|browse_apps|"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:161
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85
msgid ""
"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your "
"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the "
@ -315,7 +546,7 @@ msgstr ""
"désinstaller. Puis, sur la fiche de l'application, cliquez sur "
"**Désinstaller**."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:168
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92
msgid ""
"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. "
"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what "
@ -332,22 +563,22 @@ msgstr ""
"vous êtes sûr que vous voulez toujours la désinstaller, alors cliquez sur "
"**Confirmer**."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:175
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99
msgid ""
"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**."
msgstr ""
"Enfin, après avoir vérifié le message d'avertissement (le cas échéant), "
"cliquez sur **Confirmer**."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:180
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104
msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application."
msgstr "Vous avez terminé la désinstallation de votre application."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:183
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107
msgid "Good to know"
msgstr "Bon à savoir"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:185
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109
msgid ""
"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can "
"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to "
@ -364,7 +595,7 @@ msgstr ""
"interrompue, parce que nous *ne savons pas comment vous travaillez* et ne "
"pouvons donc pas valider ce types d'opérations."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:191
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115
msgid ""
"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install "
"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you "
@ -381,7 +612,7 @@ msgstr ""
" n'avez pas besoin du site web lui-même, il est requis pour que la "
"fonctionnalité Offres en ligne fonctionne correctement."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:198
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122
msgid ""
"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial "
"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This "

617
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
View File

@ -1,172 +1,238 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Emilie Mendy <emilie.mendy@revenu.ca>, 2016
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2016
# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2016
# Martin Trigaux, 2016
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-17 11:28+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/fr/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../discuss.rst:5 ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:5
#: ../../discuss.rst:5
msgid "Discuss"
msgstr "Discuter"
msgstr "Discussions"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:8
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3
msgid "How to use my own email servers to send and receive messages in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:10
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6
msgid "When is it needed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:7
msgid "You need it if you use Odoo Community or Enterprise."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:10
msgid "What if I use Odoo Online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:11
msgid ""
"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your "
"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with "
"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever "
"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily "
"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team "
"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one "
"simple and searchable interface."
msgstr "Odoo Discuter est une application de messagerie pour les équipes, facile à utiliser, qui concentre toutes les communications de votre organisation à un seul endroit, et est parfaitement intégrée avec la plate-forme Odoo. Odoo Discuter vous permet d'envoyer et de recevoir des messages où que vous soyez dans Odoo, et de gérer vos messages et notifications facilement au sein de l'application. Odoo Discuter vous permet de créer des **canaux** pour les bavardages de l'équipe, les conversations sur les projets, la coordination de réunion, et plus encore dans une interface simple et facilement consultable."
"You are done! Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email "
"server (*@yourcompany.odoo.com*). We recommend to keep this default setting "
"as is as it is really convenient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:23
msgid "Communicating with Your Team Using Channels"
msgstr "Communication avec votre Equipe en Utilisant des Canaux"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:25
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
msgid ""
"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, "
"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see,"
" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments."
msgstr "Vous pouvez utiliser des **canaux** pour organiser des discussions entre équipes individuelles, départements, projets, ou n'importe quel autre groupe qui nécessite une communication régulière. En ayant ces conversations que chacun dans la chaîne peut consulter, il est facile de garder l'équipe entière dans la boucle sur les derniers développements."
"Indeed, while it is branded by Odoo, the visible source of any message sent "
"from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo login). Your "
"contacts will therefore trust your messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:32
msgid "Creating a Channel"
msgstr "Création d'un canal"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:20
msgid "How does it work when a contact replies to an email sent from Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:34
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
msgid ""
"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**."
msgstr "Dans Discuter il y a deux types de canaux - **public** et **privé**."
"Default reply-to is a generic address used to automatically route any "
"incoming email to the discussion thread of the origin business object "
"(opportunity, order, task, etc.) and to the inbox of all its followers. By "
"default this address is \"catchall@\" but it can be changed. Thanks to it, "
"you get a perfect message thread in Odoo and you don't pollute your external"
" email box with Odoo-related topics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:37
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:29
msgid "How to use my own email servers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:30
msgid ""
"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write "
"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a "
"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only "
"visible to users who have been invited to this channel."
msgstr "Un **canal public** ne peut être créé que par un administrateur avec des privilèges d'écriture, et peut être consulté par tout le monde dans l'organisation. En revanche, un **canal privé** peut être créé par un utilisateur, et est par défaut uniquement visible par les utilisateurs qui ont été invités."
"You need to be a system admin to set this up. Go to :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> General Settings` and check *External Email Servers* (watch out: this "
"checkbox only shows up after Odoo 10). Then, go through the following steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:44
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
msgid "Set an outgoing email server for outbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:37
msgid ""
"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas"
" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to "
"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive "
"information)."
msgstr "Un canal public est approprié lorsque de nombreux employés ont besoin d'accéder aux informations (telles que des communications inter-services ou des annonces de la compagnie), alors qu'un canal privé doit être utilisé chaque fois que l'information est limitée à des utilisateurs/employés spécifiques (comme un service spécifique ou des informations confidentielles)."
"You need the SMTP data of your email provider (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, "
"etc.) as well as your admin credentials. Once all the information has been "
"filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:51
msgid "Configuring a Channel"
msgstr "Configuration d'un Canal"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:45
msgid "Set an incoming email server for inbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:53
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:46
msgid ""
"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic "
"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`."
" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view "
"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or"
" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to "
"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would"
" a public channel."
msgstr "Vous pouvez configurer le nom d'un canal, la description, les droits d'accès, l'abonnement automatique, et l'envoi de courriels dans :menuselection:`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`. La modification des droits d'accès du canal vous permet de contrôler quels groupes peuvent voir chaque canal. Vous pouvez créer un canal visible par tous les utilisateurs, par les utilisateurs invités, ou les utilisateurs au sein d'un groupe sélectionné. Notez que permettre à \"Tout le monde\" de suivre un canal privé va permettre à d'autres utilisateurs de l'afficher et le rejoindre comme si c'était un canal public."
"Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the "
"*Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has "
"been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:67
msgid "How To Set Up a Mailing List"
msgstr "Comment Définir une Liste de Diffusion"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:69
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:53
msgid ""
"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within "
":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like"
" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive "
"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear "
"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send "
"messages by email."
msgstr "Un canal peut être configuré pour se comporter comme une liste de diffusion. Dans :menuselection:`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`, définissez l'email que vous souhaitez utiliser. Les utilisateurs peuvent ensuite poster sur le canal et choisir de recevoir des notifications en utilisant l'adresse e-mail définie. Une icône d'enveloppe apparaîtra à côté du nom du canal dans la liste, pour indiquer qu'un canal envoie des messages par courriel."
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes. You can change this"
" value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:77
msgid "Locating a Channel"
msgstr "Localisation d'un Canal"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:59
msgid "Set the domain name"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:79
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60
msgid ""
"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of "
"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by"
" clicking the plus icon."
msgstr "Si vous ne voyez pas un canal sur votre tableau de bord, vous pouvez rechercher dans la liste des **canaux publics** pour le localiser, ou créer un nouveau canal en cliquant sur l'icône **+**."
"Enter the domain name of your email servers (e.g. mycompany.com) in General "
"Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:86
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
msgid "Create a catchall address"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:68
msgid ""
"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public "
"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public "
"channels from a single screen."
msgstr "Vous pouvez également cliquer sur l'entête **CANAUX** pour parcourir la liste de tous les canaux publics. Cela permet à l'utilisateur de **rejoindre** et **quitter** manuellement les canaux publics depuis un seul écran."
"Create a catchall address in your email server settings. We advise you to "
"use \"catchall@\" so that everything works out straight away. If you want to"
" use another alias, you have extra steps in Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:91
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
msgid "Activate the developer mode from your Settings Dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77
msgid ""
"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to "
"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic."
msgstr "Il est toujours judicieux de rechercher un canal avant d'en créer un nouveau, afin d'éviter de créer des doublons pour le même sujet."
"Refresh your screen. Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Parameters --> System Parameters` and enter your custom catchall alias in "
"*mail.catchall.alias*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:95
msgid "Monitoring Your Messages Using the Inbox"
msgstr "Suivi de vos Messages en Utilisant la Boîte de Réception"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:84
msgid "You can edit the email alias used for bounced messages the same way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:100
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
msgid "How to perfectly combine Odoo Discuss and my traditional email tool"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
msgid ""
"Use the **inbox** to monitor updates and progress on everything you do in "
"Odoo. Notifications from everything you follow and conversations in which "
"you are mentioned appear in your inbox."
msgstr "Utilisez la **boîte de réception** pour surveiller les mises à jour et la progression de tout ce que vous faites dans Odoo. Les notifications sur tout ce que vous suivez, et les conversations dans lesquelles vous êtes cité apparaissent dans votre boîte de réception."
"Odoo Discuss is a perfect tool to send and read messages related to business"
" objects. But it doesn't aim to replace a full-featured email software "
"(Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, etc.). We recommend to take the most out of "
"both systems without mingling them: What is related to Odoo business objects"
" or applications goes into Odoo; What is not stays into your external email "
"boxes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:107
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
msgid ""
"Marking an item with a check sets the message to **read** and removes it "
"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or "
"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star "
"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters "
"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here."
msgstr "Le marquage d'un élément avec une coche rend le message **lu** et le supprime de votre boîte de réception. Si vous souhaitez enregistrer un élément pour une référence ou une action future, marquez-le avec une étoile pour l'ajouter au dossier **Favoris**. Vous pouvez marquer d'une étoile tout message ou toute notification dans Discuter, ou tout élément spécifique aux chatteurs partout dans Odoo, pour garder un œil sur eux ici."
"To do so, create specific email aliases to use in Odoo (to generate leads or"
" opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias already "
"used for messaging outside of Odoo, incoming messages will land into both "
"systems. This will negatively impact your productivity when it comes to "
"process them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:114
msgid "Sending Emails"
msgstr "Envoi de Courriels"
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3
msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:116
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8
msgid ""
"You can **send emails** from the inbox of Odoo Discuss. In addition to the "
"usual email features, you can select a template that you have already "
"created, or create one on the fly and save it for later use."
msgstr "Vous pouvez **envoyer des courriels** à partir de la boîte de réception de Odoo Discuter. En plus des fonctions de messagerie habituelles, vous pouvez sélectionner un modèle que vous avez déjà créé, ou en créer un à la volée et l'enregistrer pour une utilisation ultérieure."
"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the "
"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically "
"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:121
msgid "Grabbing Attention with Direct Messages and Mentions"
msgstr "Attirer l'Attention avec les Messages Directs et les Citations"
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13
msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:123
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15
msgid ""
"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks"
" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to"
" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19
msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21
msgid ""
"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" "
"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at "
"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in"
" this field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25
msgid ""
"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following "
"the previous example you should write "
"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28
msgid ""
"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click "
"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33
msgid "Getting the API key and secret"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35
msgid ""
"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40
msgid ""
"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General "
"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the "
"settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3
msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**."
" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item "
@ -176,13 +242,22 @@ msgid ""
"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-"
"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or "
"another channel."
msgstr "Vous pouvez **citer** un utilisateur dans un canal ou un bavardage en tapant **@nom-d'utilisateur**. Mentionner un utilisateur dans le bavardage va le définir comme un suiveur de l'article (s'il ne l'est pas déjà) et envoyer un message à leur boîte de réception. L'article contenant la citation sera également mis en gras dans la vue en liste. Mentionner un utilisateur dans un canal va envoyer un message à sa boîte de réception. Dans un canal, vous ne pouvez pas citer un utilisateur qui n'est pas inscrit à ce canal. Saisir **#nom-du-canal** fournira un lien vers le canal mentionné, tant dans un bavardage que dans un autre canal."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez **citer** un utilisateur dans un canal ou un bavardage en tapant"
" **@nom-d'utilisateur**. Mentionner un utilisateur dans le bavardage va le "
"définir comme un suiveur de l'article (s'il ne l'est pas déjà) et envoyer un"
" message à leur boîte de réception. L'article contenant la citation sera "
"également mis en gras dans la vue en liste. Mentionner un utilisateur dans "
"un canal va envoyer un message à sa boîte de réception. Dans un canal, vous "
"ne pouvez pas citer un utilisateur qui n'est pas inscrit à ce canal. Saisir "
"**#nom-du-canal** fournira un lien vers le canal mentionné, tant dans un "
"bavardage que dans un autre canal."
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:133
msgid "Direct Messaging a User"
msgstr "Messagerie Directe à un Utilisateur"
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15
msgid "Direct messaging a user"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:135
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17
msgid ""
"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and "
"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the "
@ -192,54 +267,286 @@ msgid ""
"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user "
"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that "
"they are offline."
msgstr "Les **Messages Directs** sont des messages privés visibles seulement par l'expéditeur et le destinataire. Vous pouvez envoyer des messages directs à d'autres utilisateurs depuis le module Discutez en créant une nouvelle conversation, ou en en sélectionnant une existante dans la barre latérale. Les messages directs peuvent être envoyés partout dans Odoo en utilisant l'icône de bulle dans la barre supérieure. Le statut en ligne des autres utilisateurs est affiché à gauche de leur nom. Un **point vert** indique qu'un utilisateur est en ligne, un **point orange** qu'il est inoccupé, et un **point gris** qu'il est déconnecté."
msgstr ""
"Les **Messages Directs** sont des messages privés visibles seulement par "
"l'expéditeur et le destinataire. Vous pouvez envoyer des messages directs à "
"d'autres utilisateurs depuis le module Discutez en créant une nouvelle "
"conversation, ou en en sélectionnant une existante dans la barre latérale. "
"Les messages directs peuvent être envoyés partout dans Odoo en utilisant "
"l'icône de bulle dans la barre supérieure. Le statut en ligne des autres "
"utilisateurs est affiché à gauche de leur nom. Un **point vert** indique "
"qu'un utilisateur est en ligne, un **point orange** qu'il est inoccupé, et "
"un **point gris** qu'il est déconnecté."
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:146
msgid "Desktop Notifications from Discuss"
msgstr "Notifications de Bureau provenant de Discuter"
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28
msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:148
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30
msgid ""
"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new "
"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of"
" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on "
"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.."
msgstr "Vous pouvez choisir d'avoir des **notifications de bureau** lorsque vous recevez un nouveau message direct. La notification indique l'expéditeur et un bref aperçu du contenu du message. Ceci peut être configuré ou désactivé en cliquant sur l'icône en forme d'engrenage dans le coin de la notification."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez choisir d'avoir des **notifications de bureau** lorsque vous "
"recevez un nouveau message direct. La notification indique l'expéditeur et "
"un bref aperçu du contenu du message. Ceci peut être configuré ou désactivé "
"en cliquant sur l'icône en forme d'engrenage dans le coin de la "
"notification."
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:158
msgid "Tracking Important Topics, Projects, and Conversations"
msgstr "Suivi des Sujets, des Projets et des Conversations Importantes"
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3
msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:160
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can keep track of virtually any object in Odoo, such as a Task or "
"Quotation, by **following** it. An item can be followed from the item view, "
"just above the chatter."
msgstr "Vous pouvez suivre pratiquement tout objet dans Odoo, comme une tâche ou un devis, en s'y **abonnant**. Un élément peut être suivi depuis son formulaire, juste au-dessus du bavardage."
"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on "
"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you "
"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:167
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13
msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18
msgid ""
"You can choose which types of events to follow, with the depending on the "
"type of item. The example below shows the options available when following a"
" **task** in the **Projects** **Module**."
msgstr "Vous pouvez choisir quels types d'événements suivre, selon le type d'élément. L'exemple ci-dessous montre les options disponibles pour suivre une **tâche** dans le **Module Projets**."
"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it "
"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or "
"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star "
"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters "
"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:174
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
msgid "Why to use Odoo Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel "
"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a"
" link back to the original document."
msgstr "Vous pouvez inviter d'autres utilisateurs et ajouter des canaux comme abonnés. L'ajout d'un canal comme abonné enverra des messages postés dans le bavardage du canal, avec un lien vers le document original."
"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your "
"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with "
"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever "
"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily "
"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team "
"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one "
"simple and searchable interface."
msgstr ""
"Odoo Discuter est une application de messagerie pour les équipes, facile à "
"utiliser, qui concentre toutes les communications de votre organisation à un"
" seul endroit, et est parfaitement intégrée avec la plate-forme Odoo. Odoo "
"Discuter vous permet d'envoyer et de recevoir des messages où que vous soyez"
" dans Odoo, et de gérer vos messages et notifications facilement au sein de "
"l'application. Odoo Discuter vous permet de créer des **canaux** pour les "
"bavardages de l'équipe, les conversations sur les projets, la coordination "
"de réunion, et plus encore dans une interface simple et facilement "
"consultable."
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:184
msgid "Using Filters to Navigate within Discuss"
msgstr "Utilisation de Filtres pour Naviguer dans Discuter"
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3
msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:186
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, "
"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see,"
" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez utiliser des **canaux** pour organiser des discussions entre "
"équipes individuelles, départements, projets, ou n'importe quel autre groupe"
" qui nécessite une communication régulière. En ayant ces conversations que "
"chacun dans la chaîne peut consulter, il est facile de garder l'équipe "
"entière dans la boucle sur les derniers développements."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12
msgid "Creating a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14
msgid ""
"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**."
msgstr "Dans Discuter il y a deux types de canaux - **public** et **privé**."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17
msgid ""
"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write "
"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a "
"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only "
"visible to users who have been invited to this channel."
msgstr ""
"Un **canal public** ne peut être créé que par un administrateur avec des "
"privilèges d'écriture, et peut être consulté par tout le monde dans "
"l'organisation. En revanche, un **canal privé** peut être créé par un "
"utilisateur, et est par défaut uniquement visible par les utilisateurs qui "
"ont été invités."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24
msgid ""
"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas"
" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to "
"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive "
"information)."
msgstr ""
"Un canal public est approprié lorsque de nombreux employés ont besoin "
"d'accéder aux informations (telles que des communications inter-services ou "
"des annonces de la compagnie), alors qu'un canal privé doit être utilisé "
"chaque fois que l'information est limitée à des utilisateurs/employés "
"spécifiques (comme un service spécifique ou des informations "
"confidentielles)."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31
msgid "Configuring a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33
msgid ""
"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic "
"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`."
" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view "
"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or"
" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to "
"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would"
" a public channel."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez configurer le nom d'un canal, la description, les droits "
"d'accès, l'abonnement automatique, et l'envoi de courriels dans "
":menuselection:`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`. La modification des droits "
"d'accès du canal vous permet de contrôler quels groupes peuvent voir chaque "
"canal. Vous pouvez créer un canal visible par tous les utilisateurs, par les"
" utilisateurs invités, ou les utilisateurs au sein d'un groupe sélectionné. "
"Notez que permettre à \"Tout le monde\" de suivre un canal privé va "
"permettre à d'autres utilisateurs de l'afficher et le rejoindre comme si "
"c'était un canal public."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47
msgid "How to set up a mailing list"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49
msgid ""
"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within "
":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like"
" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive "
"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear "
"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send "
"messages by email."
msgstr ""
"Un canal peut être configuré pour se comporter comme une liste de diffusion."
" Dans :menuselection:`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`, définissez l'email que "
"vous souhaitez utiliser. Les utilisateurs peuvent ensuite poster sur le "
"canal et choisir de recevoir des notifications en utilisant l'adresse e-mail"
" définie. Une icône d'enveloppe apparaîtra à côté du nom du canal dans la "
"liste, pour indiquer qu'un canal envoie des messages par courriel."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57
msgid "Locating a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59
msgid ""
"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of "
"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by"
" clicking the plus icon."
msgstr ""
"Si vous ne voyez pas un canal sur votre tableau de bord, vous pouvez "
"rechercher dans la liste des **canaux publics** pour le localiser, ou créer "
"un nouveau canal en cliquant sur l'icône **+**."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66
msgid ""
"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public "
"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public "
"channels from a single screen."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également cliquer sur l'entête **CANAUX** pour parcourir la "
"liste de tous les canaux publics. Cela permet à l'utilisateur de "
"**rejoindre** et **quitter** manuellement les canaux publics depuis un seul "
"écran."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71
msgid ""
"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to "
"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic."
msgstr ""
"Il est toujours judicieux de rechercher un canal avant d'en créer un "
"nouveau, afin d'éviter de créer des doublons pour le même sujet."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76
msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78
msgid ""
"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function "
"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and "
"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by "
"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single "
"character wildcard.**"
msgstr "La barre de recherche en haut permet d'accéder à la même fonction de recherche que dans le reste d'Odoo. Vous pouvez appliquer plusieurs **critères de filtre** et **enregistrer des filtres** pour une utilisation ultérieure. La fonction de recherche accepte le caractère de soulignement \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" comme joker pour représenter un **caractère générique unique**."
msgstr ""
"La barre de recherche en haut permet d'accéder à la même fonction de "
"recherche que dans le reste d'Odoo. Vous pouvez appliquer plusieurs "
"**critères de filtre** et **enregistrer des filtres** pour une utilisation "
"ultérieure. La fonction de recherche accepte le caractère de soulignement "
"\"\\ **\\_**\\ \" comme joker pour représenter un **caractère générique "
"unique**."
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3
msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6
msgid "How to follow a discussion thread"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7
msgid ""
"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity,"
" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14
msgid "How to choose the events to follow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15
msgid ""
"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The "
"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the "
"**Project** app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23
msgid "How to add other followers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel "
"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a"
" link back to the original document."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez inviter d'autres utilisateurs et ajouter des canaux comme "
"abonnés. L'ajout d'un canal comme abonné enverra des messages postés dans le"
" bavardage du canal, avec un lien vers le document original."
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34
msgid "How to be a default follower"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35
msgid ""
"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In "
"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any"
" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task "
"created, an opportunity won)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40
msgid ""
"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel"
" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear "
"about."
msgstr ""

17
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po
View File

@ -1,18 +1,17 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Maxime Chambreuil <maxime.chambreuil@gmail.com>, 2016
# Nissar Chababy <funilrys@outlook.com>, 2015
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-08 19:13+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Maxime Chambreuil <maxime.chambreuil@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/fr/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexis de Lattre <alexis@via.ecp.fr>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
@ -21,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../expenses.rst:5
msgid "Expenses"
msgstr "Frais"
msgstr "Charges"

700
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,700 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../general.rst:5
msgid "General"
msgstr "Général"
#: ../../general/auth.rst:3
msgid "Authentification"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3
msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5
msgid ""
"Connect to your Google account and go to "
"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
msgid ""
"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
msgid ""
"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
msgid ""
"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then"
" save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30
msgid ""
"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
"Client ID)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
msgid ""
"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
msgid ""
"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste"
" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
"Then click on **Create**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
msgid ""
"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
msgid "BASE IMPORT"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3
msgid "Import CSV file to Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8
msgid "Frequently Asked Questions"
msgstr "Foire aux questions"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12
msgid "Need to import data from an other application?"
msgstr "Besoin d'importer des données d'une autre application ?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:14
msgid ""
"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should "
"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the "
"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import an other record that "
"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original "
"unique identifier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16
msgid ""
"The **ID** (External ID) will also be used to update the original import if "
"you need to re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to "
"specify it whenever possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21
msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23
msgid ""
"Odoo try to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the "
"files, the type of field for each columns inside your file. For example if "
"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type "
"integer will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behaviour might"
" be good and easy for most cases scenarios, it is also possible that it goes"
" wrong sometimes or that you want to map your column to a field that is not "
"proposed by default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
msgid ""
"If that happens, you just have to check the **Show all fields for completion"
" (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the complete list"
" of fields for each columns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30
msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32
msgid ""
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess"
" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can"
" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be "
"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month "
"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the"
" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:34
msgid ""
"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the "
"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file "
"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using"
" the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:37
msgid ""
"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to "
"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is"
" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo "
"whatever your locale date format is."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:42
msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
msgid ""
"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as"
" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also "
"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can "
"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not "
"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will "
"crash."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46
msgid ""
"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:48
msgid "32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:49
msgid "32000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:50
msgid "32,000.00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:51
msgid "-32000.00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:52
msgid "(32000.00)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53
msgid "$ 32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54
msgid "(32000.00 €)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:56
msgid "Example that will not work:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:58
msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59
msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:64
msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:66
msgid ""
"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and "
"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these "
"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse"
" CSV file bar after you select your file)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:68
msgid ""
"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not "
"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
"your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:73
msgid ""
"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
"application?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:75
msgid ""
"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's "
"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We "
"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to "
"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit "
"filter settings' > Save)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:77
msgid ""
"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82
msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:84
msgid ""
"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the "
"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you"
" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the "
"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 "
"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
"import."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
msgid ""
"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
"different fields to import:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88
msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
msgstr "Pays : le nom ou code du pays"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:89
msgid ""
"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
"postgresql column"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:90
msgid ""
"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
" (or the .XML file that imported it)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:92
msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:94
msgid "Country: Belgium"
msgstr "Pays : Belgique"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96
msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
msgstr "Pays/Id. externe: base.be"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
msgid ""
"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference "
"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
"according to your need:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100
msgid ""
"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
" have been created manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
msgid ""
"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly "
"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you "
"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique "
"Database ID)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
msgid ""
"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
"party application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:104
msgid ""
"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\""
" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will "
"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like "
"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for "
"Products and their Categories."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106
msgid ""
"`CSV file for categories "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Products "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112
msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
msgstr "Que puis-je faire si j'ai plusieurs correspondances pour un champ ?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:114
msgid ""
"If for example you have two product categories with the child name "
"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other "
"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import "
"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they "
"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product "
"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of "
"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116
msgid ""
"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product "
"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
"'Category'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121
msgid ""
"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
"multiple tags)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123
msgid ""
"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if"
" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and "
"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column"
" of your CSV file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130
msgid ""
"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
"Sales Order)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132
msgid ""
"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order"
" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order "
"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. "
"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any "
"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is "
"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
"you can import, based on demo data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135
msgid ""
"`File for some Quotations "
"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
"respective purchase order lines:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139
msgid ""
"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
"contacts:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
msgid ""
"`Customers and their respective contacts "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148
msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
msgstr "Puis-je importer plusieurs fois le même enregistrement ?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
msgid ""
"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or "
"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified "
"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import "
"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between "
"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record "
"depending if it's new or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152
msgid ""
"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159
msgid ""
"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default "
"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values "
"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of "
"assigning the default value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164
msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166
msgid ""
"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate "
"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import"
" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each "
"person and the company they work for)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168
msgid ""
"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" "
"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier"
" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique "
"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
msgid ""
"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to "
"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you "
"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for."
" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a "
"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
"PostgreSQL database</a>)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
msgid ""
"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
" the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178
msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185
msgid ""
"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
"following SQL command in PSQL:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191
msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199
msgid ""
"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees "
"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation"
" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the "
"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to "
"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
msgid ""
"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any "
"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 "
"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first "
"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
msgid "BASICS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
msgid "How to add a user"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given "
"point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9
msgid "Add individual users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11
msgid ""
"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`"
" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the "
"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -"
" and a picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access "
"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23
msgid ""
"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an "
"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click"
" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
msgid ""
"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. "
"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39
msgid ""
"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above "
"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and "
"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link"
" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights "
"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
msgid ""
"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46
msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3
msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and"
" each user can use Odoo in his own language ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9
msgid "Load your desired language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11
msgid ""
"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo "
"instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14
msgid ""
"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of"
" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, "
"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23
msgid ""
"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option"
" to change the navigation language on your website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27
msgid "Change your language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29
msgid ""
"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-"
"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36
msgid ""
"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click "
"**SAVE.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42
msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45
msgid "Change another user's language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47
msgid ""
"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred "
"language."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50
msgid ""
"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users "
"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you "
"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the "
"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can"
" change the Language to any previously installed language and click "
"**SAVE.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61
msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`"
msgstr ""

404
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
View File

@ -1,31 +1,23 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Bastien Foerster <bfo@odoo.com>, 2017
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2016
# Martin Trigaux, 2016
# ShevAbam, 2016
# Tony Barbou <tonybarbou@live.fr>, 2016
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-02-01 17:51+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Bastien Foerster <bfo@odoo.com>\n"
"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/fr/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../getting_started.rst:5 ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Commencer"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
msgid "Odoo Online Implementation"
msgstr "Mise en œuvre de Odoo en ligne"
@ -35,47 +27,73 @@ msgid ""
"This document summarizes **Odoo's Online services**, our Success Pack "
"**implementation methodology**, and *best practices* to **get started** with"
" our product."
msgstr "Ce document résume **Les fonctionnalités de Odoo en ligne**, notre formule de succès **Méthodologie de déploiement**, et *meilleures pratiques* pour **commencer** avec notre produit."
msgstr ""
"Ce document résume **Les fonctionnalités de Odoo en ligne**, notre formule "
"de succès **Méthodologie de déploiement**, et *meilleures pratiques* pour "
"**commencer** avec notre produit."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11
msgid ""
"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the "
"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't "
"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*"
msgstr "*Nous recommandons que les nouveaux client de Odoo en ligne lisent ce document avant le premier appel avec le chef de projet. De la sorte, nous gagnons du temps et ne gaspillons pas les heures du Success Pack avec les fondamentaux .*"
msgstr ""
"*Nous recommandons que les nouveaux client de Odoo en ligne lisent ce "
"document avant le premier appel avec le chef de projet. De la sorte, nous "
"gagnons du temps et ne gaspillons pas les heures du Success Pack avec les "
"fondamentaux .*"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16
msgid ""
"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this "
"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*"
msgstr "*Si vous n'avez pas lu ce document, notre chef de projet vous le résumera au moment du premier appel.*"
msgstr ""
"*Si vous n'avez pas lu ce document, notre chef de projet vous le résumera au"
" moment du premier appel.*"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Commencer"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22
msgid ""
"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The"
" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during "
"the implementation."
msgstr "N'attendez pas la première réunion de démarrage pour commencer à jouer avec le logiciel. Plus vous passez de temps à jouer avec Odoo, plus vous gagnez de temps pour plus tard pendant la mise en place. "
msgstr ""
"N'attendez pas la première réunion de démarrage pour commencer à jouer avec "
"le logiciel. Plus vous passez de temps à jouer avec Odoo, plus vous gagnez "
"de temps pour plus tard pendant la mise en place. "
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26
msgid ""
"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions"
" by e-mail on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you "
"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch."
msgstr "Une fois que vous avez acheté un abonnement à Odoo en ligne, vous recevrez par e-mail les instructions pour activer ou créer votre base de données. Avec cet e-mail, vous pouvez activer votre base de données Odoo déjà existante ou en créer une à partir de zéro."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous avez acheté un abonnement à Odoo en ligne, vous recevrez "
"par e-mail les instructions pour activer ou créer votre base de données. "
"Avec cet e-mail, vous pouvez activer votre base de données Odoo déjà "
"existante ou en créer une à partir de zéro."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
msgid ""
"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by "
"someone else in your company, contact our support using our `online support "
"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr "Si vous ne recevez pas cet e-mail, par ex. parce que le paiement a été fait par quelqu'un d'autre dans votre entreprise, contactez notre assistance en utilisant notre `formulaire d'assistance en ligne <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
"Si vous ne recevez pas cet e-mail, par ex. parce que le paiement a été fait "
"par quelqu'un d'autre dans votre entreprise, contactez notre assistance en "
"utilisant notre `formulaire d'assistance en ligne "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38
msgid ""
"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo "
"database ready to be used."
msgstr "Remplissez les cases de connexion ou d'inscription et vous obtiendrez votre première base de données Odoo prête à être utilisée."
msgstr ""
"Remplissez les cases de connexion ou d'inscription et vous obtiendrez votre "
"première base de données Odoo prête à être utilisée."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41
msgid ""
@ -83,7 +101,11 @@ msgid ""
" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities or projects / "
"tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the user "
"interface as shown in the picture below."
msgstr "Afin de vous familiariser avec l'interface utilisateur, prenez quelques minutes pour créer des enregistrements: *articles, clients, opportunités ou projets/tâches*. Suivez les points clignotants, ils vous donnent des conseils sur l'interface utilisateur, comme indiqué dans l'image ci-dessous."
msgstr ""
"Afin de vous familiariser avec l'interface utilisateur, prenez quelques "
"minutes pour créer des enregistrements: *articles, clients, opportunités ou "
"projets/tâches*. Suivez les points clignotants, ils vous donnent des "
"conseils sur l'interface utilisateur, comme indiqué dans l'image ci-dessous."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
msgid "|left_pic|"
@ -98,7 +120,11 @@ msgid ""
"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation "
"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top "
"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications."
msgstr "Une fois que vous vous êtes habitué à l'interface utilisateur, jetez un oeil sur les planificateurs de mise en œuvre. Ceux-ci sont accessibles depuis l'application Configuration, ou à partir de la barre de progression en haut à droite des principales applications."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous vous êtes habitué à l'interface utilisateur, jetez un oeil"
" sur les planificateurs de mise en œuvre. Ceux-ci sont accessibles depuis "
"l'application Configuration, ou à partir de la barre de progression en haut "
"à droite des principales applications."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58
msgid "These implementation planners will:"
@ -106,7 +132,9 @@ msgstr "Ces planificateurs de mise en œuvre vont :"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60
msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application,"
msgstr "vous aider à définir vos objectifs et indicateurs de performance clés pour chaque application,"
msgstr ""
"vous aider à définir vos objectifs et indicateurs de performance clés pour "
"chaque application,"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62
msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps,"
@ -114,33 +142,45 @@ msgstr "vous guider à travers les différentes étapes de configuration,"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64
msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo."
msgstr "et vous fournir des conseils et astuces pour tirer le meilleur parti de Odoo."
msgstr ""
"et vous fournir des conseils et astuces pour tirer le meilleur parti de "
"Odoo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
msgid ""
"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations "
"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the "
"implementation process."
msgstr "Remplissez les premières étapes de la planification de la mise en œuvre (objectifs, attentes et KPI). Notre chef de projet va les examiner avec vous pendant le processus de mise en œuvre."
msgstr ""
"Remplissez les premières étapes de la planification de la mise en œuvre "
"(objectifs, attentes et KPI). Notre chef de projet va les examiner avec vous"
" pendant le processus de mise en œuvre."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73
msgid ""
"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you "
"through all the steps. But you can also:"
msgstr "Si vous avez des questions ou besoin de soutien, notre chef de projet vous guidera à travers toutes les étapes. Mais vous pouvez aussi :"
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez des questions ou besoin de soutien, notre chef de projet vous "
"guidera à travers toutes les étapes. Mais vous pouvez aussi :"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76
msgid ""
"Read the documentation on our website: "
"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
msgstr "Lire la documentation sur notre site Web: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
msgstr ""
"Lire la documentation sur notre site Web: "
"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79
msgid ""
"Or send your questions to our online support through our `online support "
"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr "Ou envoyez vos questions à notre assistance en ligne via notre `formulaire d'assistance en ligne <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
"Ou envoyez vos questions à notre assistance en ligne via notre `formulaire "
"d'assistance en ligne <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:83
msgid "What do we expect from you?"
@ -151,14 +191,20 @@ msgid ""
"We used to deploy full featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of services,"
" which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most projects"
" are completed between 1 and 4 calendar months."
msgstr "Nous avons l'habitude de déployer des projets complets de 25 à 250 heures de services, ce qui est beaucoup plus rapide que tout autre fournisseur d'ERP sur le marché. La plupart des projets sont terminés entre 1 et 4 mois."
msgstr ""
"Nous avons l'habitude de déployer des projets complets de 25 à 250 heures de"
" services, ce qui est beaucoup plus rapide que tout autre fournisseur d'ERP "
"sur le marché. La plupart des projets sont terminés entre 1 et 4 mois."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89
msgid ""
"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a "
"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, here is what leads to"
" a successful project."
msgstr "Mais ce qui réellement **différencie une mise en œuvre réussie et une lente, c'est vous, le client !**. D'après notre expérience, voici ce qui conduit à un projet réussi."
msgstr ""
"Mais ce qui réellement **différencie une mise en œuvre réussie et une lente,"
" c'est vous, le client !**. D'après notre expérience, voici ce qui conduit à"
" un projet réussi."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94
msgid "Your internal implementation manager"
@ -168,14 +214,20 @@ msgstr "Votre chef de projet interne"
msgid ""
"We will ask you for a single point of contact within your company work on "
"the project with our project manager. To be efficient, this person must:"
msgstr "Nous vous demanderons un contact unique au sein de votre entreprise pour travailler sur le projet avec notre chef de projet. Pour être efficace, cette personne doit :"
msgstr ""
"Nous vous demanderons un contact unique au sein de votre entreprise pour "
"travailler sur le projet avec notre chef de projet. Pour être efficace, "
"cette personne doit :"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100
msgid ""
"**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you "
"will slow down the implementation. More is better, the fastest "
"implementations have a full time project manager."
msgstr "**Être disponible au moins 2 jours complets par semaine** pour le projet, sinon vous allez ralentir l'implémentation. Plus, c'est encore mieux! Les implémentations les plus rapides ont un chef de projet à temps plein."
msgstr ""
"**Être disponible au moins 2 jours complets par semaine** pour le projet, "
"sinon vous allez ralentir l'implémentation. Plus, c'est encore mieux! Les "
"implémentations les plus rapides ont un chef de projet à temps plein."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:104
msgid ""
@ -184,13 +236,21 @@ msgid ""
"lot of decisions to take on small details. If there is too much back and "
"forth between several decision makers, it could potentially seriously slow "
"things down."
msgstr "**Pouvoir prendre des décisions** par eux-même. Odoo transforme généralement tous les services des entreprises pour un mieux. Dans un tel projet, vous avez beaucoup de décisions à prendre sur des petits détails. S'il y a trop d'aller-retours entre plusieurs décideurs, cela risque de sérieusement ralentir les choses."
msgstr ""
"**Pouvoir prendre des décisions** par eux-même. Odoo transforme généralement"
" tous les services des entreprises pour un mieux. Dans un tel projet, vous "
"avez beaucoup de décisions à prendre sur des petits détails. S'il y a trop d"
"'aller-retours entre plusieurs décideurs, cela risque de sérieusement "
"ralentir les choses."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110
msgid ""
"**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies at most departments. "
"This person must have the support, or be part, of the top management."
msgstr "**Posséder le leadership** pour former et appliquer des politiques dans la plupart des services. Cette personne doit avoir le soutien, ou faire partie, du comité de direction."
msgstr ""
"**Posséder le leadership** pour former et appliquer des politiques dans la "
"plupart des services. Cette personne doit avoir le soutien, ou faire partie,"
" du comité de direction."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115
msgid "Integrate 95% of your business, not 100%"
@ -201,27 +261,40 @@ msgid ""
"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high "
"level of automation, feature coverage and integration. But **don't be an "
"extremist in that direction.**"
msgstr "Vous avez probablement choisi Odoo parce qu'aucun autre logiciel ne permet un tel niveau d'automatisation, de couverture fonctionnelle et d'intégration. Mais **ne soyez pas extrémiste dans cette direction.**"
msgstr ""
"Vous avez probablement choisi Odoo parce qu'aucun autre logiciel ne permet "
"un tel niveau d'automatisation, de couverture fonctionnelle et "
"d'intégration. Mais **ne soyez pas extrémiste dans cette direction.**"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121
msgid ""
"Customizations cost you money, are more complex to maintain, add risks to "
"the implementation and can cause issues with upgrades."
msgstr "Les customisations vous coûtent de l'argent, seront plus complexe à maintenir, ajouteront des risques lors de l'implémentation et pourront causer des problèmes avec les mises à jour."
msgstr ""
"Les customisations vous coûtent de l'argent, seront plus complexe à "
"maintenir, ajouteront des risques lors de l'implémentation et pourront "
"causer des problèmes avec les mises à jour."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:124
msgid ""
"Standard Odoo can probably cover 95% of your business. Be flexible on the "
"remaining 5%, otherwise that 5% will cost you twice the original project "
"price. One always underestimates the hidden costs of customization."
msgstr "Les fonctionnalités standard d'Odoo peuvent probablement couvrir 95% de votre activité. Soyez flexible sur les 5% restants, sinon ces 5% vous coûteront deux fois le prix initial du projet. On sous-estime toujours les coûts cachés des customisations."
msgstr ""
"Les fonctionnalités standard d'Odoo peuvent probablement couvrir 95% de "
"votre activité. Soyez flexible sur les 5% restants, sinon ces 5% vous "
"coûteront deux fois le prix initial du projet. On sous-estime toujours les "
"coûts cachés des customisations."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:129
msgid ""
"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was "
"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old "
"system(s) works."
msgstr "**Faites-le à la manière Odoo, pas à la vôtre.** Soyez flexible, utilisez Odoo de la façon dont il a été conçu. Découvrez comment il fonctionne et n'essayez pas de reproduire la façon dont votre ancien système fonctionne."
msgstr ""
"**Faites-le à la manière Odoo, pas à la vôtre.** Soyez flexible, utilisez "
"Odoo de la façon dont il a été conçu. Découvrez comment il fonctionne et "
"n'essayez pas de reproduire la façon dont votre ancien système fonctionne."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133
msgid ""
@ -231,14 +304,24 @@ msgid ""
" 60% of their customization requests as they learn to do it the out of the "
"box Odoo way. It is more important to have all your business processes "
"working than customizing a screen to add fields or automate a few e-mails."
msgstr "**Le projet d'abord, les customisations ensuite.** Si vous voulez vraiment des customisations, planifiez-les à la fin du projet, idéalement après la mise en production. Une fois que les clients commencent à utiliser Odoo, ils abandonnent généralement environ 60% de leurs demandes de customisations car ils apprennent à faire de la façon d'Odoo standard. Il est plus important d'avoir tous vos processus qui fonctionnent, que de personnaliser un écran pour ajouter des champs ou automatiser quelques courriels."
msgstr ""
"**Le projet d'abord, les customisations ensuite.** Si vous voulez vraiment "
"des customisations, planifiez-les à la fin du projet, idéalement après la "
"mise en production. Une fois que les clients commencent à utiliser Odoo, ils"
" abandonnent généralement environ 60% de leurs demandes de customisations "
"car ils apprennent à faire de la façon d'Odoo standard. Il est plus "
"important d'avoir tous vos processus qui fonctionnent, que de personnaliser "
"un écran pour ajouter des champs ou automatiser quelques courriels."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141
msgid ""
"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decision and "
"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with"
" them on the objectives."
msgstr "Nos chefs de projet sont formés pour vous aider à prendre les bonnes décisions et de mesurer les compromis que cela entraîne, mais c'est beaucoup plus facile si vous êtes en phase avec eux sur les objectifs."
msgstr ""
"Nos chefs de projet sont formés pour vous aider à prendre les bonnes "
"décisions et de mesurer les compromis que cela entraîne, mais c'est beaucoup"
" plus facile si vous êtes en phase avec eux sur les objectifs."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:146
msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo"
@ -249,31 +332,42 @@ msgid ""
"Start your free trial. Play with the system. The more comfortable you are "
"with Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the training phase will be "
"that much easier."
msgstr "Commencer votre essai gratuit. Jouez avec le système. Plus vous serez à l'aise avec Odoo, meilleures seront vos décisions, et la phase de formation sera beaucoup plus facile."
msgstr ""
"Commencer votre essai gratuit. Jouez avec le système. Plus vous serez à "
"l'aise avec Odoo, meilleures seront vos décisions, et la phase de formation "
"sera beaucoup plus facile."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152
msgid ""
"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra "
"resources:"
msgstr "Rien ne remplace le jeu avec le logiciel, mais voici quelques ressources supplémentaires :"
msgstr ""
"Rien ne remplace le jeu avec le logiciel, mais voici quelques ressources "
"supplémentaires :"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155
msgid ""
"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
msgstr "Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
msgstr ""
"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158
msgid ""
"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos "
"<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__"
msgstr "Vidéos de Présentation : `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos <https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__"
msgstr ""
"Vidéos de Présentation : `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos "
"<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161
msgid ""
"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 "
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
msgstr "Avis de Clients : `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 <https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
msgstr ""
"Avis de Clients : `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 "
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:165
msgid "Get things done"
@ -285,7 +379,12 @@ msgid ""
"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and "
"install the Notes application."
msgstr "Vous voulez un moyen facile de commencer à utiliser Odoo ? Installez l'application Notes d'Odoo pour gérer votre liste de choses à faire pour la mise en œuvre : `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes <https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. De votre page d'accueil Odoo, accédez à Applications et installer l'application Notes."
msgstr ""
"Vous voulez un moyen facile de commencer à utiliser Odoo ? Installez "
"l'application Notes d'Odoo pour gérer votre liste de choses à faire pour la "
"mise en œuvre : `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. De votre page d'accueil Odoo, accédez "
"à Applications et installer l'application Notes."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175
msgid "This module allows you to:"
@ -293,24 +392,33 @@ msgstr "Ce module vous permet de :"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177
msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;"
msgstr "Gérer les listes de choses à faire pour améliorer les interactions avec votre consultant Odoo;"
msgstr ""
"Gérer les listes de choses à faire pour améliorer les interactions avec "
"votre consultant Odoo;"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179
msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;"
msgstr "Partager vos connaissances et vos bonnes pratiques dans Odoo avec vos employés;"
msgstr ""
"Partager vos connaissances et vos bonnes pratiques dans Odoo avec vos "
"employés;"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:181
msgid ""
"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion "
"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc."
msgstr "Faire connaissance avec tous les outils génériques d' Odoo: messagerie, groupes de discussion, tableau de bord Kanban, etc."
msgstr ""
"Faire connaissance avec tous les outils génériques d' Odoo: messagerie, "
"groupes de discussion, tableau de bord Kanban, etc."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188
msgid ""
"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform "
"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard "
"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad."
msgstr "Cette application est même compatible avec la plate-forme Etherpad (http://etherpad.org). Pour utiliser ces pads collaboratifs plutôt que des notes standards Odoo, installez le module suivant : Memos Pad."
msgstr ""
"Cette application est même compatible avec la plate-forme Etherpad "
"(http://etherpad.org). Pour utiliser ces pads collaboratifs plutôt que des "
"notes standards Odoo, installez le module suivant : Memos Pad."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:193
msgid "What should you expect from us?"
@ -329,29 +437,39 @@ msgid ""
"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three "
"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your "
"instance in 10 minutes, and more!"
msgstr "Odoo fournit une infrastructure de cloud de premier ordre, y compris les sauvegardes dans trois centres de données différents, la réplication de base de données, la capacité de reproduire votre instance en 10 minutes, et plus encore !"
msgstr ""
"Odoo fournit une infrastructure de cloud de premier ordre, y compris les "
"sauvegardes dans trois centres de données différents, la réplication de base"
" de données, la capacité de reproduire votre instance en 10 minutes, et plus"
" encore !"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205
msgid ""
"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
msgstr "Qualité de service d'Odoo en ligne : `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
msgstr ""
"Qualité de service d'Odoo en ligne : `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-"
"sla <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
msgid ""
"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security "
"<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__"
msgstr "Sécurité d'Odoo en ligne : `https://www.odoo.com/page/security <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__"
msgstr ""
"Sécurité d'Odoo en ligne : `https://www.odoo.com/page/security "
"<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:211
msgid ""
"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
msgstr "Politique de Confidentialité : `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
msgstr ""
"Politique de Confidentialité : `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-"
"policy <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:215
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Support"
msgstr "Assistance"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217
msgid ""
@ -360,20 +478,32 @@ msgid ""
"San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and "
"everything from: how to use or configure, bugfix requests, payments or "
"subscription issues."
msgstr "Votre abonnement Odoo en ligne comprend un service de**support illimité sans frais supplémentaires, 24/5, du lundi au vendredi**. Pour couvrir les 24 heures, nos équipes sont à San Francisco, en Belgique et en Inde. Les questions pourraient être n'importe lesquelles comme : comment utiliser ou configurer, demandes de correction de bugs, problèmes de paiements ou d'abonnement."
msgstr ""
"Votre abonnement Odoo en ligne comprend un service de**support illimité sans"
" frais supplémentaires, 24/5, du lundi au vendredi**. Pour couvrir les 24 "
"heures, nos équipes sont à San Francisco, en Belgique et en Inde. Les "
"questions pourraient être n'importe lesquelles comme : comment utiliser ou "
"configurer, demandes de correction de bugs, problèmes de paiements ou "
"d'abonnement."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223
msgid ""
"Our support can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr "Notre assistance peut être contactée via notre `formulaire d'assistance en ligne <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
"Notre assistance peut être contactée via notre `formulaire d'assistance en "
"ligne <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
msgid ""
"Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data "
"or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project "
"manager, as part of the Success Pack."
msgstr "Note : L'équipe de support ne peut pas développer de nouvelles fonctionnalités, personnaliser, importer des données ou former vos utilisateurs. Ces services sont fournis par votre chef de projet dédié, dans le cadre du Succes Pack."
msgstr ""
"Note : L'équipe de support ne peut pas développer de nouvelles "
"fonctionnalités, personnaliser, importer des données ou former vos "
"utilisateurs. Ces services sont fournis par votre chef de projet dédié, dans"
" le cadre du Succes Pack."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231
msgid "Upgrades"
@ -384,7 +514,11 @@ msgid ""
"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade "
"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database "
"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features."
msgstr "Une fois tous les deux mois, Odoo publie une nouvelle version. Vous aurez alors un bouton de mise à niveau dans l'écran **Manage Your Databases**. Mettre à niveau votre base de données reste votre décision, mais vous permet de bénéficier de nouvelles fonctionnalités."
msgstr ""
"Une fois tous les deux mois, Odoo publie une nouvelle version. Vous aurez "
"alors un bouton de mise à niveau dans l'écran **Manage Your Databases**. "
"Mettre à niveau votre base de données reste votre décision, mais vous permet"
" de bénéficier de nouvelles fonctionnalités."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:238
msgid ""
@ -392,7 +526,11 @@ msgid ""
"evaluate a new version or train your team before the roll out. Simply fill "
"our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this "
"request."
msgstr "Nous fournissons l'option de mise à niveau dans un environnement de test afin que vous puissiez évaluer une nouvelle version ou former votre équipe avant le déploiement. Il suffit de remplir notre `formulaire d'assistance en ligne <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ pour faire cette demande."
msgstr ""
"Nous fournissons l'option de mise à niveau dans un environnement de test "
"afin que vous puissiez évaluer une nouvelle version ou former votre équipe "
"avant le déploiement. Il suffit de remplir notre `formulaire d'assistance en"
" ligne <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ pour faire cette demande."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:243
msgid "Success Pack Services"
@ -404,14 +542,21 @@ msgid ""
"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The list of services "
"according to your success pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
msgstr "Le Success Pack est un ensemble de services premium sur base horaire fournis par un gestionnaire de projet et un consultant fonctionnel dédiés. La liste des services en fonction de votre succes pack est détaillée en ligne: `https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
msgstr ""
"Le Success Pack est un ensemble de services premium sur base horaire fournis"
" par un gestionnaire de projet et un consultant fonctionnel dédiés. La liste"
" des services en fonction de votre succes pack est détaillée en ligne: "
"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:250
msgid ""
"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
"your success pack."
msgstr "L'objectif du gestionnaire de projet est de vous aider à la mise en production dans le laps de temps et le budget définis, i.e. le nombre initial d'heures définies dans votre succes pack."
msgstr ""
"L'objectif du gestionnaire de projet est de vous aider à la mise en "
"production dans le laps de temps et le budget définis, i.e. le nombre "
"initial d'heures définies dans votre succes pack."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
msgid "His/her role includes:"
@ -422,11 +567,15 @@ msgid ""
"**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
" the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo "
"features."
msgstr "**Gestion de projet :** l'examen de vos objectifs et attentes, la planification de la mise en œuvre (feuille de route), la cartographie entre les besoins de votre entreprise et les fonctionnalités de Odoo."
msgstr ""
"**Gestion de projet :** l'examen de vos objectifs et attentes, la "
"planification de la mise en œuvre (feuille de route), la cartographie entre "
"les besoins de votre entreprise et les fonctionnalités de Odoo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260
msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar."
msgstr "**Assistance personnalisée :** par téléphone, par courriel ou webinaire."
msgstr ""
"**Assistance personnalisée :** par téléphone, par courriel ou webinaire."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:262
msgid ""
@ -434,26 +583,37 @@ msgid ""
"sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will "
"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your "
"consultant."
msgstr "**Formation, Coaching, et Conseils sur Site :** formations à distance via le partage d'écran ou formations sur site. Pour des sessions de formation sur site, vous devrez prévoir de payer un supplément pour les frais de voyage et d'hébergement pour votre consultant."
msgstr ""
"**Formation, Coaching, et Conseils sur Site :** formations à distance via le"
" partage d'écran ou formations sur site. Pour des sessions de formation sur "
"site, vous devrez prévoir de payer un supplément pour les frais de voyage et"
" d'hébergement pour votre consultant."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267
msgid ""
"**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
"and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
"structures, etc.)"
msgstr "**Configuration :** décisions sur la façon de mettre en œuvre des besoins spécifiques dans Odoo et configuration avancée. (par ex. routes logistique, structures avancées de tarification, etc.)"
msgstr ""
"**Configuration :** décisions sur la façon de mettre en œuvre des besoins "
"spécifiques dans Odoo et configuration avancée. (par ex. routes logistique, "
"structures avancées de tarification, etc.)"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271
msgid ""
"**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
"prepared by the project manager."
msgstr "**Importation de données :** nous pouvons le faire ou vous aider à le faire avec un modèle préparé par le chef de projet."
msgstr ""
"**Importation de données :** nous pouvons le faire ou vous aider à le faire "
"avec un modèle préparé par le chef de projet."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274
msgid ""
"If you have subscribed to a **Custom App**, you benefit from following extra"
" services:"
msgstr "Si vous avez souscrit à une **Application personnalisée**, vous bénéficiez de services suivants supplémentaires :"
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez souscrit à une **Application personnalisée**, vous bénéficiez "
"de services suivants supplémentaires :"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:277
msgid "**Customization of screens**"
@ -463,7 +623,9 @@ msgstr "**Personnalisation d'écrans**"
msgid ""
"**Customization of reports (PDF):** our project managers have access to "
"developers for advanced customizations."
msgstr "**Personnalisation des rapports (PDF) :** nos chefs de projet ont accès à des développeurs pour les personnalisations avancées."
msgstr ""
"**Personnalisation des rapports (PDF) :** nos chefs de projet ont accès à "
"des développeurs pour les personnalisations avancées."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:282
msgid ""
@ -471,14 +633,22 @@ msgid ""
"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours "
"of your success pack."
msgstr "**Conception de site Web :** des thèmes standards sont fournis pour commencer sans frais supplémentaires. Cependant, notre chef de projet peut vous coacher sur la façon d'utiliser les blocs de construction du concepteur de site Web. Le temps passé va consommer des heures de votre succes pack."
msgstr ""
"**Conception de site Web :** des thèmes standards sont fournis pour "
"commencer sans frais supplémentaires. Cependant, notre chef de projet peut "
"vous coacher sur la façon d'utiliser les blocs de construction du concepteur"
" de site Web. Le temps passé va consommer des heures de votre succes pack."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
msgid ""
"**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, "
"sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced "
"automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers."
msgstr "**Automatisation des processus :** par ex. définition de valeurs dans des champs basés sur les déclencheurs, l'envoi de relance par courriel, automatisation d'actions, etc. Pour des automatisations très avancées, nos chefs de projet ont accès aux développeurs d'Odoo."
msgstr ""
"**Automatisation des processus :** par ex. définition de valeurs dans des "
"champs basés sur les déclencheurs, l'envoi de relance par courriel, "
"automatisation d'actions, etc. Pour des automatisations très avancées, nos "
"chefs de projet ont accès aux développeurs d'Odoo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
msgid "Implementation Methodology"
@ -488,13 +658,18 @@ msgstr "Méthodologie d'implémentation"
msgid ""
"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers"
" in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
msgstr "Nous suivons une **méthodologie Lean et pratique**, qui est utilisée pour mettre les clients en production dans un court laps de temps et à un faible coût."
msgstr ""
"Nous suivons une **méthodologie Lean et pratique**, qui est utilisée pour "
"mettre les clients en production dans un court laps de temps et à un faible "
"coût."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298
msgid ""
"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
"progressively, by groups of apps."
msgstr "Après la réunion de lancement, nous définissons un planning en plusieurs phases pour déployer Odoo progressivement, par groupes d'apps."
msgstr ""
"Après la réunion de lancement, nous définissons un planning en plusieurs "
"phases pour déployer Odoo progressivement, par groupes d'apps."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304
msgid ""
@ -502,7 +677,11 @@ msgid ""
"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set applications that you will "
"fully use in production at the end of the phase."
msgstr "Le but de **l'appel de lancement** est pour notre chef de projet d'arriver à comprendre votre entreprise afin de proposer un planning de mise en œuvre phasé. Chaque phase est le déploiement d'un ensemble d'applications que vous utiliserez pleinement en production à la fin de la phase."
msgstr ""
"Le but de **l'appel de lancement** est pour notre chef de projet d'arriver à"
" comprendre votre entreprise afin de proposer un planning de mise en œuvre "
"phasé. Chaque phase est le déploiement d'un ensemble d'applications que vous"
" utiliserez pleinement en production à la fin de la phase."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
@ -513,14 +692,20 @@ msgid ""
"**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
" business process and configure according to your specific needs."
msgstr "**A l'embarquement :** Le chef de projet Odoo passera en revue les processus de Odoo avec vous, selon vos activités. Le but est de vous former, valider le processus d'affaires et de configurer selon vos besoins spécifiques."
msgstr ""
"**A l'embarquement :** Le chef de projet Odoo passera en revue les processus"
" de Odoo avec vous, selon vos activités. Le but est de vous former, valider "
"le processus d'affaires et de configurer selon vos besoins spécifiques."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
msgid ""
"**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
"responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project "
"manager will import them in Odoo."
msgstr "**Données :** créées manuellement ou importées de votre système existant. Vous êtes responsable de l'export des données de votre système existant et le chef de projet Odoo va les importer dans Odoo."
msgstr ""
"**Données :** créées manuellement ou importées de votre système existant. "
"Vous êtes responsable de l'export des données de votre système existant et "
"le chef de projet Odoo va les importer dans Odoo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
msgid ""
@ -528,25 +713,39 @@ msgid ""
" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and "
"process your feedback."
msgstr "**Formation :** une fois que les applications sont en place et les données importées, vous devez former vos utilisateurs sur l'environnement qui doit parfaitement fonctionner. Il y aura quelques aller-retours avec le chef de projet Odoo pour répondre aux questions et traiter vos retour d'information. "
msgstr ""
"**Formation :** une fois que les applications sont en place et les données "
"importées, vous devez former vos utilisateurs sur l'environnement qui doit "
"parfaitement fonctionner. Il y aura quelques aller-retours avec le chef de "
"projet Odoo pour répondre aux questions et traiter vos retour d'information."
" "
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326
msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
msgstr "**Production :** une fois que tout le monde est formé, les utilisateurs commencent à utiliser Odoo."
msgstr ""
"**Production :** une fois que tout le monde est formé, les utilisateurs "
"commencent à utiliser Odoo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:329
msgid ""
"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
" and reports**)."
msgstr "Une fois que vous êtes à l'aise en utilisant Odoo, nous allons peaufiner le processus, **automatiser** certaines tâches et faire les personnalisations restantes (**écrans supplémentaires et rapports**)."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous êtes à l'aise en utilisant Odoo, nous allons peaufiner le "
"processus, **automatiser** certaines tâches et faire les personnalisations "
"restantes (**écrans supplémentaires et rapports**)."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333
msgid ""
"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our "
"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
msgstr "Une fois que toutes les applications sont déployées et que les utilisateurs sont à l'aise sur Odoo, notre chef de projet ne travaillera plus sur votre projet (sauf si vous avez de nouveaux besoins) et vous utiliserez le service d'assistance si vous avez d'autres questions."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que toutes les applications sont déployées et que les utilisateurs "
"sont à l'aise sur Odoo, notre chef de projet ne travaillera plus sur votre "
"projet (sauf si vous avez de nouveaux besoins) et vous utiliserez le service"
" d'assistance si vous avez d'autres questions."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:339
msgid "Managing your databases"
@ -556,14 +755,20 @@ msgstr "Gestion de vos bases de données"
msgid ""
"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
msgstr "Pour accéder à vos bases de données, aller à Odoo.com, connectez-vous et cliquez sur **My Databases** dans le menu déroulant situé dans le coin supérieur droit."
msgstr ""
"Pour accéder à vos bases de données, aller à Odoo.com, connectez-vous et "
"cliquez sur **My Databases** dans le menu déroulant situé dans le coin "
"supérieur droit."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
msgid ""
"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
" with test data!"
msgstr "Odoo vous donne la possibilité de tester le système avant de l'utiliser en direct ou avant de passer à une version plus récente. Ne gâchez pas votre environnement de travail avec des données de test !"
msgstr ""
"Odoo vous donne la possibilité de tester le système avant de l'utiliser en "
"direct ou avant de passer à une version plus récente. Ne gâchez pas votre "
"environnement de travail avec des données de test !"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:351
msgid ""
@ -571,13 +776,20 @@ msgid ""
"for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working "
"environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** "
"page and click **Duplicate**."
msgstr "Dans ce but, vous pouvez créer autant d'essais libres que vous le souhaitez (disponible pendant 15 jours). Ces instances peuvent être des copies instantanées de votre environnement de travail. Pour ce faire, rendez-vous sur le compte Odoo.com sur la page **My Databases** et cliquez sur **Dupliquer**."
msgstr ""
"Dans ce but, vous pouvez créer autant d'essais libres que vous le souhaitez "
"(disponible pendant 15 jours). Ces instances peuvent être des copies "
"instantanées de votre environnement de travail. Pour ce faire, rendez-vous "
"sur le compte Odoo.com sur la page **My Databases** et cliquez sur "
"**Dupliquer**."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:362
msgid ""
"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
"<db_management/documentation>`."
msgstr "Vous pourrez trouver plus d'informations sur la façon de gérer vos bases de données :ref:`ici <db_management/documentation>`."
msgstr ""
"Vous pourrez trouver plus d'informations sur la façon de gérer vos bases de "
"données :ref:`ici <db_management/documentation>`."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:366
msgid "Customer Success"
@ -587,13 +799,17 @@ msgstr "Succès Client"
msgid ""
"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
"have all the resources needed to complete their project."
msgstr "Odoo se passionne pour ravir nos clients, et de veiller à ce qu'ils disposent de toutes les ressources nécessaires pour réaliser leur projet."
msgstr ""
"Odoo se passionne pour ravir nos clients, et de veiller à ce qu'ils "
"disposent de toutes les ressources nécessaires pour réaliser leur projet."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:371
msgid ""
"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
"manager and eventually the support team."
msgstr "Pendant la phase de mise en œuvre, votre contact est le chef de projet, et éventuellement l'équipe d'assistance."
msgstr ""
"Pendant la phase de mise en œuvre, votre contact est le chef de projet, et "
"éventuellement l'équipe d'assistance."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:374
msgid ""
@ -602,13 +818,21 @@ msgid ""
"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with"
" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the "
"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..."
msgstr "Une fois que vous êtes en production, vous aurez probablement moins de contacts avec votre chef de projet. À ce moment-là, nous vous attribuons un membre de notre Customer Success Team, qui est spécialisée dans la relation à long terme avec nos clients. Il communiquera avec vous pour présenter les nouvelles versions, améliorer la façon dont vous travaillez avec Odoo, évaluer vos nouveaux besoins, etc."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous êtes en production, vous aurez probablement moins de "
"contacts avec votre chef de projet. À ce moment-là, nous vous attribuons un "
"membre de notre Customer Success Team, qui est spécialisée dans la relation "
"à long terme avec nos clients. Il communiquera avec vous pour présenter les "
"nouvelles versions, améliorer la façon dont vous travaillez avec Odoo, "
"évaluer vos nouveaux besoins, etc."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:381
msgid ""
"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
"a solution that grows with their needs!"
msgstr "Notre objectif interne est de garder les clients au moins pendant 10 ans, et de leur offrir une solution qui grandit avec leurs besoins!"
msgstr ""
"Notre objectif interne est de garder les clients au moins pendant 10 ans, et"
" de leur offrir une solution qui grandit avec leurs besoins!"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384
msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"

15
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
View File

@ -1,18 +1,17 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2015-2016
# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2015
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 08:03+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n"
"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/fr/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

2294
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

734
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,734 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: ShevAbam <shevabam@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5
msgid "Manufacturing"
msgstr "Fabrication"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing Operations"
msgstr "Opérations de Fabrication"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3
msgid "Replenishment Strategies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:3
msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:5
msgid ""
"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but "
"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
"delivery strategies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10
msgid "Terminology"
msgstr "Terminologie"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:13
msgid "Minimum stock rule"
msgstr "Règle de stock minimum"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:15
msgid ""
"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the"
" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58
msgid "Make to Order"
msgstr "Approvisionnement à la commande"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:24
msgid ""
"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of "
"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the "
"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated "
"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:30
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:27
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:62
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:33
msgid "Minimum stock rules"
msgstr "Règles de stock minimum"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:35
msgid ""
"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory "
"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop"
" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock "
"values for a given product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:44
msgid ""
"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity "
"multiple\" fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:47
msgid ""
"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54
msgid ""
"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be "
"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:60
msgid ""
"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any "
"other module where products are available)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:64
msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:70
msgid "Choice between the two options"
msgstr "Choix entre les deux options"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:72
msgid ""
"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory "
"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum "
"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your "
"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
msgstr ""
"Le choix entre les deux options est donc dépendant de votre stratégie "
"d'inventaire. Si vous préférez avoir un stock tampon et toujours avoir au "
"moins un stock minimum, la règle de stock minimum doit être utilisée. Si "
"vous souhaitez réapprovisionner vos stocks seulement si votre vente est "
"confirmée, il est préférable d'utiliser l'Approvisionnement à la commande."
#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials.rst:3
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6
msgid "Bill of Materials"
msgstr "Nomenclatures"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:3
msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. "
"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the "
"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and "
"Manufacturing apps must be installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:12
msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:14
msgid ""
"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of "
"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing "
"step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:18
msgid ""
"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation "
"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left "
"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at "
"right shows the corresponding delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:24
msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:29
msgid ""
"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, "
"create each component product as you would any other product, then create "
"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route "
"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the"
" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot "
"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:37
msgid ""
"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
"preference. The component products require no special configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:44
msgid ""
"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit "
"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship "
"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with "
"their default values."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:53
msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:55
msgid ""
"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use"
" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a"
" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The "
"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product "
"will appear in your stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:64
msgid ""
"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select "
"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales "
"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable "
"stock management."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:72
msgid ""
"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture "
"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing"
" order rather than a packing operation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:5
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:125
msgid ""
"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:12
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:132
msgid ""
"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
"variants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:17
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:137
msgid ""
"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:3
msgid "How to manage semi-finished products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:5
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:83
msgid ""
"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-"
"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your "
"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM "
"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:12
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:90
msgid ""
"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the "
"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing"
" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each "
"subassembly is created as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:19
msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:21
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:99
msgid ""
"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each "
"subassembly as you would for any product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:29
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:107
msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:31
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:109
msgid ""
"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes "
"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no "
"effect."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:39
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:117
msgid ""
"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the "
"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Commencer"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5
msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:3
msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:5
msgid ""
"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component "
"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to "
"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM "
"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, "
"describe multiple variants of the same product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:14
msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:16
msgid ""
"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing "
"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For "
"more information about which method of management to use, review the "
"**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:22
msgid ""
"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a "
"product and at least one component (components are considered products in "
"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on "
"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory "
"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have "
"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant "
"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of "
"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of "
"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:32
msgid ""
"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. "
"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for "
"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** "
"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:38
msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:40
msgid ""
"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product "
"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be "
"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more "
"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:46
msgid ""
"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, "
"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a "
"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:50
msgid ""
"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is "
"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**"
" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be "
"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at "
"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be "
"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:61
msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:63
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the "
"primary product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:66
msgid ""
"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:72
msgid ""
"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials "
"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any "
"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step "
"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:81
msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:97
msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:123
msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:3
msgid "How to process a manufacturing order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:6
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introduction"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:8
msgid ""
"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way "
"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing "
"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise "
"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing "
"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, "
"performed in an order defined by **routings**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:17
msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:19
msgid ""
"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the "
"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in "
"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by "
"work orders and routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:24
msgid ""
"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There "
"are two basic phases from planning to production:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:27
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:52
msgid "Create manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:29
msgid "Record Production"
msgstr "Enregistrer la production"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:32
msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:34
msgid ""
"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage"
" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and "
"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create "
"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:41
msgid ""
"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is "
"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity "
"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:45
msgid ""
"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When "
"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component "
"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added"
" step of scheduling work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:50
msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:54
msgid "Schedule the associated work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:56
msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
msgid "Main Concepts"
msgstr "Concepts principaux"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3
msgid "Introduction to Odoo Manufacturing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11
msgid "Transcript"
msgstr "Transcription"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13
msgid "Work in progress."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing Terminologies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9
msgid ""
"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the materials, the "
"quantity of each material, and the steps required to manufacture a product. "
"Depending on the industry and the nature of the finished product, a "
"different name may be used to describe the same document. For example, in "
"the pharmaceutical industry, the term “recipe” may be used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14
msgid "Cycle"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17
msgid ""
"A production cycle is a frame of time during which an entire manufacturing "
"process can be fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19
msgid "Downtime or Leave"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22
msgid ""
"Time during which a resource is unavailable. If the resource is a machine, "
"the unavailability is downtime, while if the resource is human, unavailable "
"time is called a Leave."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25
msgid "Finished products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28
msgid ""
"Finished products are the final output of a manufacturing process. They are "
"normally not intended to be used as input into another manufacturing order "
"of the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31
msgid "Kit"
msgstr "Kit"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34
msgid ""
"A kit is a set of components that are described by a bill of materials, but "
"which are delivered separately rather than assembled or mixed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36
msgid "Multi-level Bill of Materials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39
msgid ""
"A bill of material can quickly grow very complex. To keep it manageable, it "
"can be broken down into several smaller manufactured parts, each having its "
"own BOM. These parts are typically referred to as sub-assembly of "
"intermediate products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:44
msgid ""
"Defining a BOM in multiple levels reduces the complexity of the top-level "
"document and allows components to be reused in other BoMs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46
msgid "Phantom Bill of Material"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49
msgid ""
"A phantom bill of material is always used in the context of multi-level "
"BOMs. It allows to add a sub-assembly as part of a bigger end-product while "
"avoiding to trigger a separate manufacturing order for the sub-assembly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
msgid ""
"As such, when a manufacturing order for the final product is launched, the "
"components of the sub-assembly are reflected in the parent BOM as if they "
"were direct components of the parent BOM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58
msgid ""
"Phantom BOM are thus used for grouping a set of components with the aim of "
"reusing them in many other BOM without the need to launch separate "
"manufacturing orders for the sub-assemblies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61
msgid "Raw Materials"
msgstr "Matières premières"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:64
msgid ""
"Raw materials and components constitute the input that are transformed to "
"produce semi-finished or finished goods."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:67
msgid ""
"The transformation here can take many aspects according to the industry. It "
"can be simple assembly, welding, mixing, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69
msgid "Routing"
msgstr "Gammes"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:72
msgid ""
"A routing is a document that describes a series of Work Orders and the Work "
"Centers at which they will be carried out"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74
msgid "Semi-finished products and sub-assemblies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77
msgid ""
"These are products which are manufactured with the purpose to be consumed in"
" another manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:79
msgid "Work Order Operations"
msgstr "Gammes"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:82
msgid ""
"Work Order Operations specify the set of activities necessary to fully "
"process a manufacturing order. Each activity or operation takes some time to"
" be completed and is performed into a determined production unit (also "
"called work center)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86
msgid "Work Order"
msgstr "Ordre de travail"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:89
msgid ""
"A work order is a single manufacturing operation that is scheduled for "
"execution on a given date and a given duration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91
msgid "Work Center"
msgstr "Poste de Travail"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:94
msgid ""
"Work centers identify production units and their resources. They are used to"
" represent the plant capacity as well as costing information. The capacity "
"is a combination of resources and their availability time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:97
msgid "Resources"
msgstr "Ressources"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:100
msgid ""
"In manufacturing a resource can be a human being (employee) or machine "
"available in a work center."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102
msgid "Working Time"
msgstr "Temps de travail"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:105
msgid ""
"Each resource has its normal working time. For instance, machines can be set"
" up to operate 7 days a week 20 hours out of 24."
msgstr ""

638
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

138
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
View File

@ -1,22 +1,17 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# cri cca <cri@mapage.ch>, 2016
# Eric BAELDE <eric@baelde.name>, 2016
# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2016
# N D <norig.d@hotmail.fr>, 2016
# Nissar Chababy <funilrys@outlook.com>, 2015
# Rémi FRANÇOIS <remi@sudokeys.com>, 2016
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-11-22 12:23+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n"
"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/fr/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
@ -41,7 +36,12 @@ msgid ""
" during the implementation of the project. These issues have to be solved "
"and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the deliverability of"
" the project and a positive customer satisfaction."
msgstr "Une entreprise qui vend souvent des services de support doit faire face à des problèmes qui se produisent au cours de la mise en œuvre du projet. Ces problèmes doivent être résolus et suivis aussi vite que possible afin d'assurer la livraison du projet et une satisfaction positive de la clientèle."
msgstr ""
"Une entreprise qui vend souvent des services de support doit faire face à "
"des problèmes qui se produisent au cours de la mise en œuvre du projet. Ces "
"problèmes doivent être résolus et suivis aussi vite que possible afin "
"d'assurer la livraison du projet et une satisfaction positive de la "
"clientèle."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10
msgid ""
@ -51,7 +51,14 @@ msgid ""
"which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email."
" This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be"
" closed more quickly."
msgstr "Par exemple, en tant que société de service dans le domaine informatique offrant sa propre solution, vous pourriez avoir à négocier avec les emails de clients qui remontent des problèmes techniques. Odoo vous offre l'occasion de créer un support pour les projets qui génère automatiquement des actions à effectuer dès réception d'une demande de support par mail. De cette manière, le problème du client peut être directement affecté à l'un des employé et être résolu plus rapidement."
msgstr ""
"Par exemple, en tant que société de service dans le domaine informatique "
"offrant sa propre solution, vous pourriez avoir à négocier avec les emails "
"de clients qui remontent des problèmes techniques. Odoo vous offre "
"l'occasion de créer un support pour les projets qui génère automatiquement "
"des actions à effectuer dès réception d'une demande de support par mail. De "
"cette manière, le problème du client peut être directement affecté à l'un "
"des employé et être résolu plus rapidement."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
@ -66,7 +73,8 @@ msgid ""
"The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for "
"support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the "
"**Issue Tracking** modules."
msgstr "La configuration suivante est nécessaire pour être en mesure d'utiliser"
msgstr ""
"La configuration suivante est nécessaire pour être en mesure d'utiliser"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31
msgid "Create a project"
@ -153,15 +161,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/installation`"
msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`"
msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:98
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:113
msgid ":doc:`external`"
msgstr ":doc:`externe`"
#: ../../project/advanced/external.rst:3
msgid "How to collaborate with external people?"
msgstr "Comment collaborer avec des personnes extérieurs ?"
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3
msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?"
msgstr "Comment recueillir le feedback des clients ?"
@ -203,7 +202,9 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** "
"module."
msgstr "De plus, dans le même menu, vous devez installer le module **Évaluation de Projet**"
msgstr ""
"De plus, dans le même menu, vous devez installer le module **Évaluation de "
"Projet**"
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33
msgid ""
@ -220,12 +221,16 @@ msgstr "Comment obtenir le feedback d'un client ?"
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44
msgid ""
"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects."
msgstr "Un courriel peut être envoyé aux clients à chaque étapes des projets en cours."
msgstr ""
"Un courriel peut être envoyé aux clients à chaque étapes des projets en "
"cours."
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47
msgid ""
"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback."
msgstr "Tout d'abord, vous devez choisir pour quels projets vous souhaitez obtenir un feedback."
msgstr ""
"Tout d'abord, vous devez choisir pour quels projets vous souhaitez obtenir "
"un feedback."
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50
msgid "Project configuration"
@ -239,7 +244,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59
msgid "Email Template"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Modèle de courriel"
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61
msgid ""
@ -261,13 +266,15 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79
msgid "Reporting"
msgstr "Compte-rendu"
msgstr "Rapport"
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81
msgid ""
"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of "
"the project."
msgstr "Vous avez un bref résumé de la satisfaction dans le coin supérieur droit du projet."
msgstr ""
"Vous avez un bref résumé de la satisfaction dans le coin supérieur droit du "
"projet."
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88
msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?"
@ -296,18 +303,6 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ":doc:`claim_issue`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:112
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/invoicing.rst:3
msgid "How to invoice time spent?"
msgstr "Comment facturer le temps passé ?"
#: ../../project/advanced/publication.rst:3
msgid "How to publish the project externally?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3
msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?"
msgstr ""
@ -371,11 +366,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54
msgid "**Name**: Technical Support"
msgstr "**Nom** : Support Technique"
msgstr "**Nom**: Assistance Technique"
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56
msgid "**Product Type**: Service"
msgstr "**Type de Produit** : Service"
msgstr "**Type d'article** : Service"
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58
msgid ""
@ -467,7 +462,7 @@ msgstr "Vidéo de démonstration"
#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11
#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11
msgid "Transcript"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Transcription"
#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13
msgid ""
@ -481,6 +476,10 @@ msgid ""
"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It"
" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account."
msgstr ""
"Sans regard a l'appareil, ll faut juste faire un clic a l'app de la feuile de programme de contabilite. Regarder au plugin de chrome. une Pas besoin d'entrer, juste cliquez pour demarrer. C'est normal. Ca travaille hors ligne aussi et il est sincronise avec le compte de Odoo automatiquement.\n"
"Nous suivons '' une methodologie pratique specifique, qui est utilisee pour mettre les clients dans une production dans une courte periode de temps et de cout bas.\n"
"Encoe, comme Odoo spporte toute fiches comme une barre de code, ainsi vous pouvez definir Votrepropre barre de code de format pour usage interne.\n"
"Selon le flux de travail d'entreprise et Vos besoins, il faudra peut etre delivrer vos lead internes a ventes differentes ou meme a vendeurs specifiques,"
#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21
msgid ""
@ -514,7 +513,8 @@ msgstr "Responsabilités"
#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8
msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task."
msgstr "Dans Odoo, vous pouvez affecter la personne qui est en charge de la tâche."
msgstr ""
"Dans Odoo, vous pouvez affecter la personne qui est en charge de la tâche."
#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10
msgid ""
@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19
msgid "Followers"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Abonnés"
#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21
msgid ""
@ -683,13 +683,19 @@ msgid ""
"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of"
" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand"
" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task."
msgstr "Vous pouvez gérer et intégrer des documents en relation avec les tâches, qu'ils soient des plans, des images du formatage etc. Une image est parfois plus instructive qu'une page entière ! Il y a deux façons d'ajouter un document à une tâche."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez gérer et intégrer des documents en relation avec les tâches, "
"qu'ils soient des plans, des images du formatage etc. Une image est parfois "
"plus instructive qu'une page entière ! Il y a deux façons d'ajouter un "
"document à une tâche."
#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130
msgid ""
"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment "
"tab on the top of the form."
msgstr "1. Pour ajouter une image/document à une tâche, cliquer sur l'icône pièce jointe en haut du formulaire."
msgstr ""
"1. Pour ajouter une image/document à une tâche, cliquer sur l'icône pièce "
"jointe en haut du formulaire."
#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136
msgid ""
@ -703,7 +709,10 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can "
"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly."
msgstr "Si vous disposez d'une image importante pour la compréhension de la tâche, vous pouvez la mettre en image de couverture. Elle sera directement visible dans la vue ?Kanban? "
msgstr ""
"Si vous disposez d'une image importante pour la compréhension de la tâche, "
"vous pouvez la mettre en image de couverture. Elle sera directement visible "
"dans la vue ?Kanban? "
#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152
msgid "Collaborate on tasks"
@ -713,7 +722,9 @@ msgstr "Collaborer sur des tâches"
msgid ""
"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your"
" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy."
msgstr "Les tâches dans le Projet Odoo permettent de travailler plus facilement avec vos collègues, économisant ainsi temps et énergie."
msgstr ""
"Les tâches dans le Projet Odoo permettent de travailler plus facilement avec"
" vos collègues, économisant ainsi temps et énergie."
#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157
msgid ""
@ -1307,10 +1318,6 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/terminology.rst:3
msgid "Terminology"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning.rst:3
msgid "Planning your project"
msgstr ""
@ -1395,6 +1402,9 @@ msgid ""
"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, "
"Done."
msgstr ""
"créer une colonne par phase durant votre travail. Par exemple, dans un "
"projet de developpement, les phases doivent correspondre à : specifications,"
" Développement, Essai, Fin. "
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82
msgid ""
@ -1444,7 +1454,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138
msgid ":doc:`forecast`"
msgstr ""
msgstr ":doc:`forecast`"
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3
msgid "How to forecast tasks?"
@ -1725,19 +1735,3 @@ msgid ""
"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By "
"Users** section)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/reporting.rst:3
msgid "Reporting & Analysis"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/reporting/close_issue.rst:3
msgid "How to track velocity to close issues?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/reporting/efficiency.rst:3
msgid "How to report project efficiency?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/reporting/workload.rst:3
msgid "How to analyze workload?"
msgstr ""

1868
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

14
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po
View File

@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Nissar Chababy <funilrys@outlook.com>, 2015
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-08 19:14+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Maxime Chambreuil <maxime.chambreuil@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/fr/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Florian Hatat <mininet@wanadoo.fr>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

1573
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1178
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1918
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

18
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
View File

@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2015
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-03 11:43+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-05 08:02+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../applications.rst:3
msgid "Applications"
msgstr "Applicaties"
msgstr "Sollicitaties"

1356
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

501
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
View File

@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2016\n"
"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -18,9 +18,340 @@ msgstr ""
"Language: nl\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8
msgid "Online Database management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:13
msgid "Duplicating a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:15
msgid ""
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available to free "
"customers of our Online platform."
msgstr ""
"Database duplicatie, hernoemen, custom DNS, etc. is niet beschikbaar voor "
"gratis klanten van ons Online platform."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18
msgid ""
"Access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ "
"(you will have to sign in). Next, make sure you are connected as the "
"administrator of the database you want to duplicate. After that, click on "
"the **Manage Your Databases** button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:26
msgid ""
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:36
msgid "A duplicated database has the same behaviour as a real one:"
msgstr "Een gedupliceerde database heeft hetzelfde gedrag als een echte:"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:38
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr "E-mails worden verzonden"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce, for example)"
msgstr "Betalingen worden verwerkt (in de online shop bijvoorbeeld)"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:44
msgid "Etc."
msgstr "Etc."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
msgid ""
"It is **strongly** advised to test behaviour using sample customers/products"
" (with a `disposable e-mail <http://www.mailinator.com>`__ address, for "
"example)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:50
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
msgstr "Gedupliceerde databases verlopen automatisch na 15 dagen."
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
msgid "On-premise Database management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10
msgid "Register a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12
msgid ""
"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in "
"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before"
" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will"
" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-"
"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu "
"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20
msgid "Registration Error Message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22
msgid ""
"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this "
"message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130
msgid "Solutions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33
msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
msgid ""
"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo"
" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ or with your Account "
"Manager"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41
msgid ""
"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a "
"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
"database\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52
msgid ""
"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database "
"as it will be deactivated shortly:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59
msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190
msgid ""
"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a "
"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64
msgid ""
"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID."
" Please check on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__, a short message will appear "
"specifying which database is problematic:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73
msgid ""
"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve "
"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section "
"<duplicate_premise>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76
msgid ""
"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each "
"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and "
"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
msgid "Too much users error message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
msgid ""
"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo"
" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93
msgid ""
"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The "
"countdown is updated everyday."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99
msgid ""
"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the "
"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102
msgid "or"
msgstr "of"
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104
msgid ""
"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com "
"/documentation/user/10.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109
msgid ""
"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message "
"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification "
"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown,"
" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the "
"message disappear right away."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116
msgid "Database expired error message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118
msgid ""
"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your "
"subscription, you will encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126
msgid ""
"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30"
" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the "
"database is expired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134
msgid ""
"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note "
"that"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133
msgid ""
"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be "
"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit "
"card payments are processed immediately."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136
msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138
msgid ""
"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145
msgid "Force an Update Notification"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
msgid ""
"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-"
"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription"
" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will "
"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause "
"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications "
"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you"
" can force an Update using the following procedure:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154
msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155
msgid ""
"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right "
"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer"
" mode**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158
msgid ""
"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > "
"\"Scheduled Actions\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160
msgid ""
"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on "
"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165
msgid ""
"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive "
"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this "
"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the"
" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production "
"database will then be correctly identified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174
msgid "Duplicate a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
msgid ""
"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your "
"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily "
"duplicate your database (among other things)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184
msgid ""
"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change "
"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this "
"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two "
"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or "
"registration problems down the line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193
msgid ""
"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > "
"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator "
"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to"
" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record "
"by clicking on it and using the edit button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7
msgid "How to manage your databases"
msgstr "Hoe uw databases te beheren"
msgid "Users and Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9
msgid ""
@ -44,124 +375,30 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19
msgid ""
"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo "
"instances. The most important section concern the :ref:`duplication "
"<duplicate>` of your database: whenever you wish to install or remove an "
"App, you should **always** test it first on a duplicate of your production "
"database. That way, if something goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not"
" impacted."
"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise "
"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something "
"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:26
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online"
" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` "
"installations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28
msgid ""
"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an "
"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our "
"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:30
msgid ""
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available to free "
"customers of our Online platform."
msgstr ""
"Database duplicatie, hernoemen, custom DNS, etc. is niet beschikbaar voor "
"gratis klanten van ons Online platform."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:37
msgid "Duplicating a database (online)"
msgstr "Een database dupliceren (online)"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39
msgid ""
"Access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ "
"(you will have to sign in). Next, make sure you are connected as the "
"administrator of the database you want to duplicate. After that, click on "
"the **Manage Your Databases** button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47
msgid ""
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57
msgid "A duplicated database has the same behaviour as a real one:"
msgstr "Een gedupliceerde database heeft hetzelfde gedrag als een echte:"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:59
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr "E-mails worden verzonden"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:61
msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce, for example)"
msgstr "Betalingen worden verwerkt (in de online shop bijvoorbeeld)"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:63
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:65
msgid "Etc."
msgstr "Etc."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:67
msgid ""
"It is **strongly** advised to test behaviour using sample customers/products"
" (with a `disposable e-mail <http://www.mailinator.com>`__ address, for "
"example)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
msgstr "Gedupliceerde databases verlopen automatisch na 15 dagen."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:81
msgid "Duplicating a database (on-premise)"
msgstr "Een database dupliceren (lokaal)"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83
msgid ""
"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your "
"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily "
"duplicate your database (among other things)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:91
msgid ""
"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change "
"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this "
"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two "
"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or "
"registration problems down the line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97
msgid ""
"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a "
"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:100
msgid ""
"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > "
"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator "
"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to"
" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record "
"by clicking on it and using the edit button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:110
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34
msgid "Deactivating Users"
msgstr "Gebruikers deactiveren"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:112
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36
msgid ""
"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to "
"change the status of any of your users."
@ -169,7 +406,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Verzeker u er van dat u genoeg **administratieve rechten** hebt indien u de "
"status van eender welke gebruiker wilt wijzigen."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39
msgid ""
"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section "
"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access "
@ -179,27 +416,27 @@ msgstr ""
" de actieve gebruikers op uw database toont. Klik op **Beheer "
"toegangsrechten.**"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:158
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
msgid "|settings|"
msgstr "|settings|"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
msgid "|browse_users|"
msgstr "|browse_users|"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:123
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47
msgid "You'll then see the list of your users."
msgstr "U ziet vervolgens de lijst van uw gebruikers."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:128
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52
msgid ""
"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different "
"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll "
"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:133
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57
msgid ""
"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as "
"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** "
@ -207,26 +444,26 @@ msgid ""
" to **Inactive** immediately."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:142
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66
msgid "The user is now deactivated."
msgstr "De gebruiker is nu gedeactiveerd."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:144
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68
msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)"
msgstr "Deactiveer **nooit** de hoofdgebruiker (*admin*)"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:147
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71
msgid "Uninstalling Apps"
msgstr "Apps deïnstalleren"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:149
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73
msgid ""
"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
"<duplicate>` of your database before making any changes (*especially* "
"installing/uninstalling apps)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:153
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77
msgid ""
"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able "
"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to"
@ -236,18 +473,18 @@ msgstr ""
"hoeveel applicaties u geïnstalleerd hebt. Klik op **Doorzoek apps** om de "
"lijst van geïnstalleerde apps te bekijken."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:158
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
msgid "|browse_apps|"
msgstr "|browse_apps|"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:161
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85
msgid ""
"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your "
"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the "
"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:168
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92
msgid ""
"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. "
"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what "
@ -257,22 +494,22 @@ msgid ""
" click **Confirm**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:175
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99
msgid ""
"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**."
msgstr ""
"Klik als laatste, na het controleren van de waarschuwing (indien er een is),"
" op **Bevestigen**."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:180
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104
msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application."
msgstr "U bent klaar met het verwijderen van uw applicatie."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:183
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107
msgid "Good to know"
msgstr "Goed om te weten"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:185
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109
msgid ""
"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can "
"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to "
@ -282,7 +519,7 @@ msgid ""
"operations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:191
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115
msgid ""
"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install "
"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you "
@ -292,7 +529,7 @@ msgid ""
"to work properly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:198
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122
msgid ""
"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial "
"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This "

553
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
View File

@ -1,169 +1,238 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2016
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-07-28 14:02+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: nl\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../discuss.rst:5 ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:5
#: ../../discuss.rst:5
msgid "Discuss"
msgstr "Discussieer"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:8
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Overzicht"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your "
"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with "
"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever "
"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily "
"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team "
"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one "
"simple and searchable interface."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3
msgid "How to use my own email servers to send and receive messages in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:23
msgid "Communicating with Your Team Using Channels"
msgstr "Communiceren met uw team door middel van kanalen"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, "
"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see,"
" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6
msgid "When is it needed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:32
msgid "Creating a Channel"
msgstr "Een kanaal aanmaken"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:34
msgid ""
"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**."
msgstr "In Discussies zijn er twee types van kanalen - **publiek** en **privé**."
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:37
msgid ""
"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write "
"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a "
"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only "
"visible to users who have been invited to this channel."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:7
msgid "You need it if you use Odoo Community or Enterprise."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:44
msgid ""
"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas"
" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to "
"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive "
"information)."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:10
msgid "What if I use Odoo Online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:51
msgid "Configuring a Channel"
msgstr "Een kanaal configureren"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:53
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:11
msgid ""
"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic "
"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`."
" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view "
"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or"
" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to "
"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would"
" a public channel."
"You are done! Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email "
"server (*@yourcompany.odoo.com*). We recommend to keep this default setting "
"as is as it is really convenient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:67
msgid "How To Set Up a Mailing List"
msgstr "Hoe een e-mail lijst op te stellen?"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:69
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
msgid ""
"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within "
":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like"
" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive "
"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear "
"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send "
"messages by email."
"Indeed, while it is branded by Odoo, the visible source of any message sent "
"from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo login). Your "
"contacts will therefore trust your messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:77
msgid "Locating a Channel"
msgstr "Een kanaal lokaliseren"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:79
msgid ""
"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of "
"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by"
" clicking the plus icon."
msgstr "Indien u geen kanaal ziet op uw dashboard kan u de lijst doorzoeken van **publieke kanalen** om het juiste kanaal te vinden of een nieuw kanaal aan te maken door te klikken op het plus icoon."
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:86
msgid ""
"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public "
"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public "
"channels from a single screen."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:20
msgid "How does it work when a contact replies to an email sent from Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:91
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
msgid ""
"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to "
"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic."
msgstr "Het is altijd wijs om te zoeken voor een kanaal voordat u een nieuwe aanmaakt zodat u zeker bent dat er geen dubbele kanalen worden aangemaakt voor hetzelfde onderwerp."
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:95
msgid "Monitoring Your Messages Using the Inbox"
msgstr "Uw berichten opvolgen met gebruik van de inbox"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:100
msgid ""
"Use the **inbox** to monitor updates and progress on everything you do in "
"Odoo. Notifications from everything you follow and conversations in which "
"you are mentioned appear in your inbox."
"Default reply-to is a generic address used to automatically route any "
"incoming email to the discussion thread of the origin business object "
"(opportunity, order, task, etc.) and to the inbox of all its followers. By "
"default this address is \"catchall@\" but it can be changed. Thanks to it, "
"you get a perfect message thread in Odoo and you don't pollute your external"
" email box with Odoo-related topics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:107
msgid ""
"Marking an item with a check sets the message to **read** and removes it "
"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or "
"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star "
"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters "
"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:29
msgid "How to use my own email servers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:114
msgid "Sending Emails"
msgstr "E-mails verzenden"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:116
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:30
msgid ""
"You can **send emails** from the inbox of Odoo Discuss. In addition to the "
"usual email features, you can select a template that you have already "
"created, or create one on the fly and save it for later use."
msgstr "U kan **e-mails verzenden** vanuit de inbox van Odoo discussies. Bovenop de gebruikelijke e-mail mogelijkheden kan u een sjabloon selecteren dat u al heeft aangemaakt of één on the fly aanmaken en bewaren voor later gebruik."
"You need to be a system admin to set this up. Go to :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> General Settings` and check *External Email Servers* (watch out: this "
"checkbox only shows up after Odoo 10). Then, go through the following steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:121
msgid "Grabbing Attention with Direct Messages and Mentions"
msgstr "De aandacht grijpen met directe berichten en vermeldingen"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
msgid "Set an outgoing email server for outbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:123
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:37
msgid ""
"You need the SMTP data of your email provider (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, "
"etc.) as well as your admin credentials. Once all the information has been "
"filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:45
msgid "Set an incoming email server for inbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:46
msgid ""
"Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the "
"*Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has "
"been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:53
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes. You can change this"
" value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:59
msgid "Set the domain name"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60
msgid ""
"Enter the domain name of your email servers (e.g. mycompany.com) in General "
"Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
msgid "Create a catchall address"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:68
msgid ""
"Create a catchall address in your email server settings. We advise you to "
"use \"catchall@\" so that everything works out straight away. If you want to"
" use another alias, you have extra steps in Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
msgid "Activate the developer mode from your Settings Dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77
msgid ""
"Refresh your screen. Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Parameters --> System Parameters` and enter your custom catchall alias in "
"*mail.catchall.alias*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:84
msgid "You can edit the email alias used for bounced messages the same way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
msgid "How to perfectly combine Odoo Discuss and my traditional email tool"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
msgid ""
"Odoo Discuss is a perfect tool to send and read messages related to business"
" objects. But it doesn't aim to replace a full-featured email software "
"(Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, etc.). We recommend to take the most out of "
"both systems without mingling them: What is related to Odoo business objects"
" or applications goes into Odoo; What is not stays into your external email "
"boxes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
msgid ""
"To do so, create specific email aliases to use in Odoo (to generate leads or"
" opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias already "
"used for messaging outside of Odoo, incoming messages will land into both "
"systems. This will negatively impact your productivity when it comes to "
"process them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3
msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8
msgid ""
"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the "
"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically "
"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13
msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15
msgid ""
"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks"
" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to"
" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19
msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21
msgid ""
"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" "
"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at "
"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in"
" this field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25
msgid ""
"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following "
"the previous example you should write "
"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28
msgid ""
"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click "
"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33
msgid "Getting the API key and secret"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35
msgid ""
"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40
msgid ""
"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General "
"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the "
"settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3
msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**."
" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item "
@ -175,11 +244,11 @@ msgid ""
"another channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:133
msgid "Direct Messaging a User"
msgstr "Direct berichten versturen naar een gebruiker"
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15
msgid "Direct messaging a user"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:135
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17
msgid ""
"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and "
"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the "
@ -191,11 +260,11 @@ msgid ""
"they are offline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:146
msgid "Desktop Notifications from Discuss"
msgstr "Desktop notificaties vanuit discussies"
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28
msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:148
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30
msgid ""
"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new "
"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of"
@ -203,36 +272,148 @@ msgid ""
"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:158
msgid "Tracking Important Topics, Projects, and Conversations"
msgstr "Opvolging van belangrijke onderwerpen, projecten en conversaties"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:160
msgid ""
"You can keep track of virtually any object in Odoo, such as a Task or "
"Quotation, by **following** it. An item can be followed from the item view, "
"just above the chatter."
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3
msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:167
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can choose which types of events to follow, with the depending on the "
"type of item. The example below shows the options available when following a"
" **task** in the **Projects** **Module**."
msgstr "U kan kiezen welke soorten van evenementen u wilt volgen. Het onderstaande voorbeeld toont de beschikbare opties wanneer u een **taak** volgt in the **Project** **module**."
"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on "
"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you "
"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:174
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13
msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18
msgid ""
"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel "
"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a"
" link back to the original document."
msgstr "U kan andere gebruikers uitnodigen en kanalen toevoegen aan volgers. Een kanaal toevoegen als een volger verzend berichten die in de chatter geplaatst worden naar het kanaal met een link naar het originele document."
"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it "
"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or "
"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star "
"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters "
"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:184
msgid "Using Filters to Navigate within Discuss"
msgstr "Filters gebruiken om te navigeren binnen discussies"
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
msgid "Why to use Odoo Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:186
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your "
"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with "
"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever "
"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily "
"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team "
"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one "
"simple and searchable interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3
msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, "
"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see,"
" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12
msgid "Creating a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14
msgid ""
"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**."
msgstr ""
"In Discussies zijn er twee types van kanalen - **publiek** en **privé**."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17
msgid ""
"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write "
"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a "
"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only "
"visible to users who have been invited to this channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24
msgid ""
"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas"
" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to "
"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive "
"information)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31
msgid "Configuring a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33
msgid ""
"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic "
"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`."
" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view "
"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or"
" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to "
"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would"
" a public channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47
msgid "How to set up a mailing list"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49
msgid ""
"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within "
":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like"
" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive "
"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear "
"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send "
"messages by email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57
msgid "Locating a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59
msgid ""
"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of "
"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by"
" clicking the plus icon."
msgstr ""
"Indien u geen kanaal ziet op uw dashboard kan u de lijst doorzoeken van "
"**publieke kanalen** om het juiste kanaal te vinden of een nieuw kanaal aan "
"te maken door te klikken op het plus icoon."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66
msgid ""
"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public "
"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public "
"channels from a single screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71
msgid ""
"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to "
"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic."
msgstr ""
"Het is altijd wijs om te zoeken voor een kanaal voordat u een nieuwe "
"aanmaakt zodat u zeker bent dat er geen dubbele kanalen worden aangemaakt "
"voor hetzelfde onderwerp."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76
msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78
msgid ""
"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function "
"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and "
@ -240,3 +421,61 @@ msgid ""
"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single "
"character wildcard.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3
msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6
msgid "How to follow a discussion thread"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7
msgid ""
"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity,"
" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14
msgid "How to choose the events to follow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15
msgid ""
"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The "
"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the "
"**Project** app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23
msgid "How to add other followers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel "
"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a"
" link back to the original document."
msgstr ""
"U kan andere gebruikers uitnodigen en kanalen toevoegen aan volgers. Een "
"kanaal toevoegen als een volger verzend berichten die in de chatter "
"geplaatst worden naar het kanaal met een link naar het originele document."
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34
msgid "How to be a default follower"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35
msgid ""
"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In "
"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any"
" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task "
"created, an opportunity won)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40
msgid ""
"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel"
" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear "
"about."
msgstr ""

1139
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

18
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po
View File

@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2015
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-03 11:43+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-05 10:55+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../expenses.rst:5
msgid "Expenses"
msgstr "Uitgaven"
msgstr "Declaraties"

700
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,700 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: nl\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../general.rst:5
msgid "General"
msgstr "Algemeen"
#: ../../general/auth.rst:3
msgid "Authentification"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3
msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5
msgid ""
"Connect to your Google account and go to "
"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
msgid ""
"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
msgid ""
"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
msgid ""
"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then"
" save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30
msgid ""
"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
"Client ID)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
msgid ""
"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
msgid ""
"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste"
" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
"Then click on **Create**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
msgid ""
"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
msgid "BASE IMPORT"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3
msgid "Import CSV file to Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8
msgid "Frequently Asked Questions"
msgstr "Vaak gestelde vragen (FAQ)"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12
msgid "Need to import data from an other application?"
msgstr "Wilt u gegevens uit een ander programma importeren?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:14
msgid ""
"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should "
"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the "
"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import an other record that "
"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original "
"unique identifier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16
msgid ""
"The **ID** (External ID) will also be used to update the original import if "
"you need to re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to "
"specify it whenever possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21
msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23
msgid ""
"Odoo try to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the "
"files, the type of field for each columns inside your file. For example if "
"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type "
"integer will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behaviour might"
" be good and easy for most cases scenarios, it is also possible that it goes"
" wrong sometimes or that you want to map your column to a field that is not "
"proposed by default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
msgid ""
"If that happens, you just have to check the **Show all fields for completion"
" (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the complete list"
" of fields for each columns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30
msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32
msgid ""
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess"
" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can"
" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be "
"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month "
"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the"
" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:34
msgid ""
"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the "
"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file "
"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using"
" the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:37
msgid ""
"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to "
"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is"
" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo "
"whatever your locale date format is."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:42
msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
msgid ""
"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as"
" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also "
"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can "
"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not "
"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will "
"crash."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46
msgid ""
"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:48
msgid "32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:49
msgid "32000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:50
msgid "32,000.00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:51
msgid "-32000.00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:52
msgid "(32000.00)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53
msgid "$ 32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54
msgid "(32000.00 €)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:56
msgid "Example that will not work:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:58
msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59
msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:64
msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:66
msgid ""
"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and "
"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these "
"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse"
" CSV file bar after you select your file)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:68
msgid ""
"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not "
"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
"your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:73
msgid ""
"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
"application?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:75
msgid ""
"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's "
"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We "
"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to "
"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit "
"filter settings' > Save)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:77
msgid ""
"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82
msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:84
msgid ""
"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the "
"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you"
" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the "
"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 "
"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
"import."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
msgid ""
"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
"different fields to import:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88
msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
msgstr "Land: de naam of code van het land"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:89
msgid ""
"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
"postgresql column"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:90
msgid ""
"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
" (or the .XML file that imported it)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:92
msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:94
msgid "Country: Belgium"
msgstr "Land: België"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96
msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
msgstr "Land/Externe ID: base.be"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
msgid ""
"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference "
"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
"according to your need:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100
msgid ""
"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
" have been created manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
msgid ""
"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly "
"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you "
"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique "
"Database ID)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
msgid ""
"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
"party application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:104
msgid ""
"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\""
" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will "
"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like "
"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for "
"Products and their Categories."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106
msgid ""
"`CSV file for categories "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Products "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112
msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
msgstr "Wat moet ik doen als ik verschillende matches heb voor een veld?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:114
msgid ""
"If for example you have two product categories with the child name "
"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other "
"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import "
"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they "
"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product "
"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of "
"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116
msgid ""
"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product "
"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
"'Category'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121
msgid ""
"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
"multiple tags)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123
msgid ""
"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if"
" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and "
"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column"
" of your CSV file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130
msgid ""
"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
"Sales Order)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132
msgid ""
"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order"
" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order "
"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. "
"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any "
"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is "
"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
"you can import, based on demo data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135
msgid ""
"`File for some Quotations "
"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
"respective purchase order lines:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139
msgid ""
"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
"contacts:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
msgid ""
"`Customers and their respective contacts "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148
msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
msgstr "Kan ik meerdere malen hetzelfde record importeren?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
msgid ""
"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or "
"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified "
"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import "
"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between "
"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record "
"depending if it's new or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152
msgid ""
"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159
msgid ""
"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default "
"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values "
"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of "
"assigning the default value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164
msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166
msgid ""
"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate "
"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import"
" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each "
"person and the company they work for)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168
msgid ""
"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" "
"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier"
" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique "
"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
msgid ""
"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to "
"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you "
"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for."
" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a "
"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
"PostgreSQL database</a>)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
msgid ""
"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
" the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178
msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185
msgid ""
"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
"following SQL command in PSQL:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191
msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199
msgid ""
"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees "
"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation"
" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the "
"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to "
"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
msgid ""
"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any "
"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 "
"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first "
"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
msgid "BASICS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
msgid "How to add a user"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given "
"point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9
msgid "Add individual users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11
msgid ""
"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`"
" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the "
"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -"
" and a picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access "
"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23
msgid ""
"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an "
"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click"
" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
msgid ""
"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. "
"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39
msgid ""
"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above "
"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and "
"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link"
" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights "
"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
msgid ""
"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46
msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3
msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and"
" each user can use Odoo in his own language ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9
msgid "Load your desired language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11
msgid ""
"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo "
"instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14
msgid ""
"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of"
" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, "
"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23
msgid ""
"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option"
" to change the navigation language on your website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27
msgid "Change your language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29
msgid ""
"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-"
"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36
msgid ""
"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click "
"**SAVE.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42
msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45
msgid "Change another user's language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47
msgid ""
"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred "
"language."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50
msgid ""
"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users "
"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you "
"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the "
"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can"
" change the Language to any previously installed language and click "
"**SAVE.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61
msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`"
msgstr ""

340
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
View File

@ -1,28 +1,23 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2016
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2016
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-11-22 12:23+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: nl\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../getting_started.rst:5 ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Aan de slag"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
msgid "Odoo Online Implementation"
msgstr ""
@ -32,34 +27,51 @@ msgid ""
"This document summarizes **Odoo's Online services**, our Success Pack "
"**implementation methodology**, and *best practices* to **get started** with"
" our product."
msgstr "Dit document vat **Odoo's Online diensten** samen, ons **Implementatie succes pak** en de **beste methodes** om te starten met ons product."
msgstr ""
"Dit document vat **Odoo's Online diensten** samen, ons **Implementatie "
"succes pak** en de **beste methodes** om te starten met ons product."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11
msgid ""
"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the "
"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't "
"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*"
msgstr "*We raden aan dat nieuwe Odoo Online klanten dit document lezen voor de kick-of met hun projectleider. Op deze manier besparen we tijd en moeten we geen uren van uw succes pak gebruiken om de basis te bespreken.*"
msgstr ""
"*We raden aan dat nieuwe Odoo Online klanten dit document lezen voor de "
"kick-of met hun projectleider. Op deze manier besparen we tijd en moeten we "
"geen uren van uw succes pak gebruiken om de basis te bespreken.*"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16
msgid ""
"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this "
"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*"
msgstr "*Indien u dit document niet heeft gelezen zal onze projectleider het met u overlopen tijdens het kick-off gesprek.*"
msgstr ""
"*Indien u dit document niet heeft gelezen zal onze projectleider het met u "
"overlopen tijdens het kick-off gesprek.*"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Aan de slag"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22
msgid ""
"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The"
" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during "
"the implementation."
msgstr "Wacht niet tot de kick-off meeting om te beginnen spelen met de software. Hoe meer u met Odoo in aanraking komt hoe meer tijd u later zal besparen tijdens de implementatie."
msgstr ""
"Wacht niet tot de kick-off meeting om te beginnen spelen met de software. "
"Hoe meer u met Odoo in aanraking komt hoe meer tijd u later zal besparen "
"tijdens de implementatie."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26
msgid ""
"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions"
" by e-mail on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you "
"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch."
msgstr "Eenmaal u een Odoo online abonnement aankoopt ontvangt u via e-mail instructies over hoe u uw database kan activeren of aanmaken. Vanuit deze e-mail kan u uw huidige database activeren of een nieuwe vanaf nul aanmaken."
msgstr ""
"Eenmaal u een Odoo online abonnement aankoopt ontvangt u via e-mail "
"instructies over hoe u uw database kan activeren of aanmaken. Vanuit deze "
"e-mail kan u uw huidige database activeren of een nieuwe vanaf nul aanmaken."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
msgid ""
@ -72,7 +84,9 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo "
"database ready to be used."
msgstr "Vul het aanmeld of inschrijf scherm in en u krijgt uw eerste Odoo database die klaar is voor gebruik."
msgstr ""
"Vul het aanmeld of inschrijf scherm in en u krijgt uw eerste Odoo database "
"die klaar is voor gebruik."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41
msgid ""
@ -80,7 +94,11 @@ msgid ""
" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities or projects / "
"tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the user "
"interface as shown in the picture below."
msgstr "Om bekend te geraken met de gebruikersinterface neemt u best een paar minuten de tijd om items aan te maken: *producten, klanten, opportuniteiten of projecten / taken*. Volg de flikkerende bollen die uw tips geven over de interface zoals u ziet in onderstaande afbeelding."
msgstr ""
"Om bekend te geraken met de gebruikersinterface neemt u best een paar "
"minuten de tijd om items aan te maken: *producten, klanten, opportuniteiten "
"of projecten / taken*. Volg de flikkerende bollen die uw tips geven over de "
"interface zoals u ziet in onderstaande afbeelding."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
msgid "|left_pic|"
@ -95,7 +113,11 @@ msgid ""
"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation "
"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top "
"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications."
msgstr "Eenmaal u bekend geraakt met de interface neemt u best een kijkje naar de implementatie planners. Deze zijn toegankelijk vanuit de Instellingen app, of vanuit de bovenste voortgangsbalk in de rechter bovenkant van de hoofdapplicatie."
msgstr ""
"Eenmaal u bekend geraakt met de interface neemt u best een kijkje naar de "
"implementatie planners. Deze zijn toegankelijk vanuit de Instellingen app, "
"of vanuit de bovenste voortgangsbalk in de rechter bovenkant van de "
"hoofdapplicatie."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58
msgid "These implementation planners will:"
@ -103,7 +125,8 @@ msgstr "Deze implementatie planners zullen:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60
msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application,"
msgstr "helpen u met het definiëren van uw doelen en KPI's voor elke applicatie,"
msgstr ""
"helpen u met het definiëren van uw doelen en KPI's voor elke applicatie,"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62
msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps,"
@ -118,20 +141,28 @@ msgid ""
"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations "
"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the "
"implementation process."
msgstr "Vul de eerste stappen van de implementatie planners in (doelen, verwachtingen en KPI's). Onze projectleider controleert deze met u tijdens het implementatieproces."
msgstr ""
"Vul de eerste stappen van de implementatie planners in (doelen, "
"verwachtingen en KPI's). Onze projectleider controleert deze met u tijdens "
"het implementatieproces."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73
msgid ""
"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you "
"through all the steps. But you can also:"
msgstr "Indien u vragen heeft of ondersteuning nodig heeft zal onze projectleider u doorheen alle stappen helpen. Maar u kan ook:"
msgstr ""
"Indien u vragen heeft of ondersteuning nodig heeft zal onze projectleider u "
"doorheen alle stappen helpen. Maar u kan ook:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76
msgid ""
"Read the documentation on our website: "
"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
msgstr "Lees de documentatie op onze website: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
msgstr ""
"Lees de documentatie op onze website: "
"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79
msgid ""
@ -148,14 +179,20 @@ msgid ""
"We used to deploy full featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of services,"
" which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most projects"
" are completed between 1 and 4 calendar months."
msgstr "We leverden volledige projecten binnen 25 tot 250 uren op, wat veel sneller is dan eender welke ERP leverancier op de markt. De meeste projecten worden voltooid binnen 1 tot 4 kalendermaanden."
msgstr ""
"We leverden volledige projecten binnen 25 tot 250 uren op, wat veel sneller "
"is dan eender welke ERP leverancier op de markt. De meeste projecten worden "
"voltooid binnen 1 tot 4 kalendermaanden."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89
msgid ""
"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a "
"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, here is what leads to"
" a successful project."
msgstr "Maar wat werkelijk het verschil is **tussen een succesvolle implementatie en een trage ben jij, de klant!** Vanuit onze ervaring lijdt het volgende tot een succesvol project."
msgstr ""
"Maar wat werkelijk het verschil is **tussen een succesvolle implementatie en"
" een trage ben jij, de klant!** Vanuit onze ervaring lijdt het volgende tot "
"een succesvol project."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94
msgid "Your internal implementation manager"
@ -165,14 +202,19 @@ msgstr "Uw interne implementatie beheerder"
msgid ""
"We will ask you for a single point of contact within your company work on "
"the project with our project manager. To be efficient, this person must:"
msgstr "We vragen u voor één contactpersoon uit uw bedrijf om te werken met onze projectleider. Om efficiënt te zijn moet deze persoon:"
msgstr ""
"We vragen u voor één contactpersoon uit uw bedrijf om te werken met onze "
"projectleider. Om efficiënt te zijn moet deze persoon:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100
msgid ""
"**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you "
"will slow down the implementation. More is better, the fastest "
"implementations have a full time project manager."
msgstr "**wees minstens 2 volledige dagen per week beschikbaar** voor het project, anders vertraagt u de implementatie. Meer is beter, de snelste implementaties hebben een full time projectleider."
msgstr ""
"**wees minstens 2 volledige dagen per week beschikbaar** voor het project, "
"anders vertraagt u de implementatie. Meer is beter, de snelste "
"implementaties hebben een full time projectleider."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:104
msgid ""
@ -181,13 +223,21 @@ msgid ""
"lot of decisions to take on small details. If there is too much back and "
"forth between several decision makers, it could potentially seriously slow "
"things down."
msgstr "**heb de autoriteit om beslissing te nemen** op uw eigen. Odoo transformeert normaal gezien alle departementen van bedrijven. In zo een project moet u veel beslissingen maken gebaseerd op kleine details. Als er te veel heen en weer getrek is tussen verschillende beslissingsnemers kan dit mogelijk alles aanzienlijk vertragen."
msgstr ""
"**heb de autoriteit om beslissing te nemen** op uw eigen. Odoo transformeert"
" normaal gezien alle departementen van bedrijven. In zo een project moet u "
"veel beslissingen maken gebaseerd op kleine details. Als er te veel heen en "
"weer getrek is tussen verschillende beslissingsnemers kan dit mogelijk alles"
" aanzienlijk vertragen."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110
msgid ""
"**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies at most departments. "
"This person must have the support, or be part, of the top management."
msgstr "**heb het leiderschap** om beleidsregels aan te leren en toe te passen in de meeste departementen. Deze persoon moet de ondersteuning hebben of deel uitmaken van het bestuur."
msgstr ""
"**heb het leiderschap** om beleidsregels aan te leren en toe te passen in de"
" meeste departementen. Deze persoon moet de ondersteuning hebben of deel "
"uitmaken van het bestuur."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115
msgid "Integrate 95% of your business, not 100%"
@ -198,27 +248,38 @@ msgid ""
"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high "
"level of automation, feature coverage and integration. But **don't be an "
"extremist in that direction.**"
msgstr "U heeft waarschijnlijk voor Odoo gekozen omdat geen andere software zo een hoog niveau van automatisatie, eigenschappen en integratie bevat. Maar **wees geen extremist in deze richting.**"
msgstr ""
"U heeft waarschijnlijk voor Odoo gekozen omdat geen andere software zo een "
"hoog niveau van automatisatie, eigenschappen en integratie bevat. Maar "
"**wees geen extremist in deze richting.**"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121
msgid ""
"Customizations cost you money, are more complex to maintain, add risks to "
"the implementation and can cause issues with upgrades."
msgstr "Maatwerk kost u geld, is moeilijker te onderhouden, voegt risico aan de implementatie toe en kan problemen geven bij het upgraden."
msgstr ""
"Maatwerk kost u geld, is moeilijker te onderhouden, voegt risico aan de "
"implementatie toe en kan problemen geven bij het upgraden."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:124
msgid ""
"Standard Odoo can probably cover 95% of your business. Be flexible on the "
"remaining 5%, otherwise that 5% will cost you twice the original project "
"price. One always underestimates the hidden costs of customization."
msgstr "De standaard Odoo kan waarschijnlijk 95% van uw zaken omvatten. Wees flexibel met de andere 5%, anders zal deze andere 5% u dubbel de originele projectprijs kosten. Men onderschat altijd de verborgen kosten van maatwerk."
msgstr ""
"De standaard Odoo kan waarschijnlijk 95% van uw zaken omvatten. Wees "
"flexibel met de andere 5%, anders zal deze andere 5% u dubbel de originele "
"projectprijs kosten. Men onderschat altijd de verborgen kosten van maatwerk."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:129
msgid ""
"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was "
"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old "
"system(s) works."
msgstr "**Doe het op de Odoo manier, niet uw manier**. Wees flexibel, gebruiker Odoo waarvoor het ontworpen is. Leer hoe het werkt en probeer niet te repliceren hoe uw oude systeem werkt."
msgstr ""
"**Doe het op de Odoo manier, niet uw manier**. Wees flexibel, gebruiker Odoo"
" waarvoor het ontworpen is. Leer hoe het werkt en probeer niet te repliceren"
" hoe uw oude systeem werkt."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133
msgid ""
@ -228,14 +289,24 @@ msgid ""
" 60% of their customization requests as they learn to do it the out of the "
"box Odoo way. It is more important to have all your business processes "
"working than customizing a screen to add fields or automate a few e-mails."
msgstr "**Het project eerst, maatwerk tweedes.** Indien u echt maatwerk wilt faseert u deze best naar het einde van het project, ideaal gezien nadat u in productie gaat. Eenmaal een klant start met het gebruik van Odoo laten ze meestal ongeveer 60% van het maatwerk vallen naarmate ze leren dit te doen via de standaard Odoo manier. Het is belangrijker al uw bedrijfsprocessen werkend te hebben dan een scherm aan te passen om velden toe te voegen of een paar e-mails te automatiseren."
msgstr ""
"**Het project eerst, maatwerk tweedes.** Indien u echt maatwerk wilt faseert"
" u deze best naar het einde van het project, ideaal gezien nadat u in "
"productie gaat. Eenmaal een klant start met het gebruik van Odoo laten ze "
"meestal ongeveer 60% van het maatwerk vallen naarmate ze leren dit te doen "
"via de standaard Odoo manier. Het is belangrijker al uw bedrijfsprocessen "
"werkend te hebben dan een scherm aan te passen om velden toe te voegen of "
"een paar e-mails te automatiseren."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141
msgid ""
"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decision and "
"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with"
" them on the objectives."
msgstr "Onze projectleiders zijn getraind om u te helpen met het maken van de juiste beslissingen en een compromis te vinden maar het is gemakkelijker als u op één lijn zit met hen over de doelen."
msgstr ""
"Onze projectleiders zijn getraind om u te helpen met het maken van de juiste"
" beslissingen en een compromis te vinden maar het is gemakkelijker als u op "
"één lijn zit met hen over de doelen."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:146
msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo"
@ -246,31 +317,41 @@ msgid ""
"Start your free trial. Play with the system. The more comfortable you are "
"with Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the training phase will be "
"that much easier."
msgstr "Start uw gratis trial. Speel met het systeem. Hoe comfortabeler u bent met Odoo, hoe beter uw beslissingen zullen zijn en hoe gemakkelijker de opleidingsfase zal zijn."
msgstr ""
"Start uw gratis trial. Speel met het systeem. Hoe comfortabeler u bent met "
"Odoo, hoe beter uw beslissingen zullen zijn en hoe gemakkelijker de "
"opleidingsfase zal zijn."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152
msgid ""
"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra "
"resources:"
msgstr "Niets vervangt spelen met software, maar hier zijn wat extra hulpmiddelen:"
msgstr ""
"Niets vervangt spelen met software, maar hier zijn wat extra hulpmiddelen:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155
msgid ""
"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
msgstr "Documentatie: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
msgstr ""
"Documentatie: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158
msgid ""
"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos "
"<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__"
msgstr "Introductie Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos <https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__"
msgstr ""
"Introductie Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos "
"<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161
msgid ""
"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 "
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
msgstr "Klanten-reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 <https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
msgstr ""
"Klanten-reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 "
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:165
msgid "Get things done"
@ -282,7 +363,12 @@ msgid ""
"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and "
"install the Notes application."
msgstr "Wilt u een gemakkelijke manier om te starten met Odoo? Installeer Odoo Notities om uw to do lijst voor de implementatie te beheren: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes <https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. Vanuit de Odoo homepagina gaat u naar Apps en installeert u de Notities applicatie."
msgstr ""
"Wilt u een gemakkelijke manier om te starten met Odoo? Installeer Odoo "
"Notities om uw to do lijst voor de implementatie te beheren: "
"`https://www.odoo.com/page/notes <https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. "
"Vanuit de Odoo homepagina gaat u naar Apps en installeert u de Notities "
"applicatie."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175
msgid "This module allows you to:"
@ -300,14 +386,19 @@ msgstr "Deel Odoo kennis & goede gewoontes met uw werknemers;"
msgid ""
"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion "
"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc."
msgstr "Maak kennis met alle generieke tools van Odoo: Berichten, Discussie groepen, Kanban Dashboards, enz."
msgstr ""
"Maak kennis met alle generieke tools van Odoo: Berichten, Discussie groepen,"
" Kanban Dashboards, enz."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188
msgid ""
"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform "
"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard "
"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad."
msgstr "Deze applicatie is zelfs compatibel met het Etherpad platform (http://etherpad.org). Om deze samenwerkingspaden te gebruiker over de standaard Odoo notitites installeert u de volgende add-on: Memo's Pad."
msgstr ""
"Deze applicatie is zelfs compatibel met het Etherpad platform "
"(http://etherpad.org). Om deze samenwerkingspaden te gebruiker over de "
"standaard Odoo notitites installeert u de volgende add-on: Memo's Pad."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:193
msgid "What should you expect from us?"
@ -326,25 +417,34 @@ msgid ""
"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three "
"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your "
"instance in 10 minutes, and more!"
msgstr "Odoo biedt een top kwaliteit cloud infrastructuur aan inclusief back-ups in drie verschillende datacenters, database replicatie, de mogelijkheid om uw database te dupliceren in 10 minuten en meer!"
msgstr ""
"Odoo biedt een top kwaliteit cloud infrastructuur aan inclusief back-ups in "
"drie verschillende datacenters, database replicatie, de mogelijkheid om uw "
"database te dupliceren in 10 minuten en meer!"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205
msgid ""
"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
msgstr "Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
msgstr ""
"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
msgid ""
"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security "
"<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__"
msgstr "Odoo Online beveiliging: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__"
msgstr ""
"Odoo Online beveiliging: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security "
"<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:211
msgid ""
"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
msgstr "Privébeleid: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
msgstr ""
"Privébeleid: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:215
msgid "Support"
@ -357,7 +457,12 @@ msgid ""
"San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and "
"everything from: how to use or configure, bugfix requests, payments or "
"subscription issues."
msgstr "Uw Odoo Online abonnement bevat een **ongelimiteerde ondersteuningsdienst aan geen extra kosten, 24/5, maandag tot vrijdag**. Om 24u te dekken zitten onze teams in San Francisco, België en India. Vragen kunnen over eender wat gaan, van: hoe te gebruiken of configureren, bugfix aanvragen, betalingen of abonnement problemen."
msgstr ""
"Uw Odoo Online abonnement bevat een **ongelimiteerde ondersteuningsdienst "
"aan geen extra kosten, 24/5, maandag tot vrijdag**. Om 24u te dekken zitten "
"onze teams in San Francisco, België en India. Vragen kunnen over eender wat "
"gaan, van: hoe te gebruiken of configureren, bugfix aanvragen, betalingen of"
" abonnement problemen."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223
msgid ""
@ -370,7 +475,11 @@ msgid ""
"Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data "
"or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project "
"manager, as part of the Success Pack."
msgstr "Opmerking: Het Odoo ondersteuningsteam kan geen nieuwe opties bijbouwen, maatwerk doen, data importeren of uw gebruikers opleiden. Deze diensten zijn aangeboden door onze toegewezen projectleider, als onderdeel van het sucees pakket."
msgstr ""
"Opmerking: Het Odoo ondersteuningsteam kan geen nieuwe opties bijbouwen, "
"maatwerk doen, data importeren of uw gebruikers opleiden. Deze diensten zijn"
" aangeboden door onze toegewezen projectleider, als onderdeel van het sucees"
" pakket."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231
msgid "Upgrades"
@ -381,7 +490,11 @@ msgid ""
"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade "
"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database "
"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features."
msgstr "Eenmalig elke twee maanden brengt Odoo een nieuwe versie uit. U krijgt een upgrade knop binnen het **Beheer uw databases** scherm. Het upgraden van uw database is uw oordeel, maar staat u toe om te profiteren van nieuwe mogelijkheden."
msgstr ""
"Eenmalig elke twee maanden brengt Odoo een nieuwe versie uit. U krijgt een "
"upgrade knop binnen het **Beheer uw databases** scherm. Het upgraden van uw "
"database is uw oordeel, maar staat u toe om te profiteren van nieuwe "
"mogelijkheden."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:238
msgid ""
@ -401,14 +514,21 @@ msgid ""
"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The list of services "
"according to your success pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
msgstr "Het succes pak is een pakket van eersteklas gebaseerde diensten uitgevoerd door een toegewezen projectleider en bedrijfsanalist. De lijst van diensten van onze succes pakketten staat online uitgeschreven: `https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
msgstr ""
"Het succes pak is een pakket van eersteklas gebaseerde diensten uitgevoerd "
"door een toegewezen projectleider en bedrijfsanalist. De lijst van diensten "
"van onze succes pakketten staat online uitgeschreven: `https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:250
msgid ""
"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
"your success pack."
msgstr "Het doel van de projectleider is om u naar productie te helpen binnen de gedefinieerde tijdspanne en budget, zoals het initiële aantal uren opgegeven in het succes pakket."
msgstr ""
"Het doel van de projectleider is om u naar productie te helpen binnen de "
"gedefinieerde tijdspanne en budget, zoals het initiële aantal uren opgegeven"
" in het succes pakket."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
msgid "His/her role includes:"
@ -419,7 +539,10 @@ msgid ""
"**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
" the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo "
"features."
msgstr "**Projectbeheer:** controleer uw doelstellingen & verwachtingen, fases van de implementatie (routekaart), mappen van uw bedrijf zijn noden en de Odoo mogelijkheden."
msgstr ""
"**Projectbeheer:** controleer uw doelstellingen & verwachtingen, fases van "
"de implementatie (routekaart), mappen van uw bedrijf zijn noden en de Odoo "
"mogelijkheden."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260
msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar."
@ -431,26 +554,37 @@ msgid ""
"sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will "
"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your "
"consultant."
msgstr "**Training, begeleiding en consultancy of locatie:** trainingen van op afstand via delen van het scherm of training op locatie. Voor onze trainingen op locatie wordt er een extra vergoeding gevraagd voor de verplaatsing en accommodatie van uw consultant."
msgstr ""
"**Training, begeleiding en consultancy of locatie:** trainingen van op "
"afstand via delen van het scherm of training op locatie. Voor onze "
"trainingen op locatie wordt er een extra vergoeding gevraagd voor de "
"verplaatsing en accommodatie van uw consultant."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267
msgid ""
"**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
"and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
"structures, etc.)"
msgstr "**Configuratie:** beslissingen over hoe specifieke noden in Odoo moeten geïmplementeerd worden en geavanceerde configuratie. (bijvoorbeeld logistieke routes, geavanceerde prijsstructuren, enz.)"
msgstr ""
"**Configuratie:** beslissingen over hoe specifieke noden in Odoo moeten "
"geïmplementeerd worden en geavanceerde configuratie. (bijvoorbeeld "
"logistieke routes, geavanceerde prijsstructuren, enz.)"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271
msgid ""
"**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
"prepared by the project manager."
msgstr "**Data import**: wij kunnen dit doen of u ondersteunen met een sjabloon gemaakt voor de projectleider."
msgstr ""
"**Data import**: wij kunnen dit doen of u ondersteunen met een sjabloon "
"gemaakt voor de projectleider."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274
msgid ""
"If you have subscribed to a **Custom App**, you benefit from following extra"
" services:"
msgstr "Indien u zich geabonneerd heeft op een **Maatwerk App**, profiteert u van de volgende extra diensten:"
msgstr ""
"Indien u zich geabonneerd heeft op een **Maatwerk App**, profiteert u van de"
" volgende extra diensten:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:277
msgid "**Customization of screens**"
@ -460,7 +594,9 @@ msgstr "**Personalisering van schermen**"
msgid ""
"**Customization of reports (PDF):** our project managers have access to "
"developers for advanced customizations."
msgstr "**Aanpassingen van rapporten (PDF):** onze projectleiders hebben toegang tot ontwikkelaars voor geavanceerde aanpassingen."
msgstr ""
"**Aanpassingen van rapporten (PDF):** onze projectleiders hebben toegang tot"
" ontwikkelaars voor geavanceerde aanpassingen."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:282
msgid ""
@ -468,14 +604,22 @@ msgid ""
"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours "
"of your success pack."
msgstr "**Website ontwerp:** standaard thema's worden aangeboden om te starten zonder extra kosten. Onze projectleider kan u coaching over hoe u bouwblokken kan gebruiken met de website designer. Deze gespendeerde tijd gaat van uw succes pakket."
msgstr ""
"**Website ontwerp:** standaard thema's worden aangeboden om te starten "
"zonder extra kosten. Onze projectleider kan u coaching over hoe u "
"bouwblokken kan gebruiken met de website designer. Deze gespendeerde tijd "
"gaat van uw succes pakket."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
msgid ""
"**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, "
"sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced "
"automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers."
msgstr "**Werkstroom automatiseringen:** bijvoorbeeld waardes in velden instellen gebaseerd op trigger, reminders verzenden via e-mail, automatische acties, enz. Voor elke geavanceerde automatisering heeft onze projectleider toegang tot Odoo ontwikkelaars."
msgstr ""
"**Werkstroom automatiseringen:** bijvoorbeeld waardes in velden instellen "
"gebaseerd op trigger, reminders verzenden via e-mail, automatische acties, "
"enz. Voor elke geavanceerde automatisering heeft onze projectleider toegang "
"tot Odoo ontwikkelaars."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
msgid "Implementation Methodology"
@ -485,13 +629,18 @@ msgstr "Implementatie methodologie"
msgid ""
"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers"
" in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
msgstr "We volgen een **praktijkgerichte methodologie** die gebruikt wordt om klanten op een korte periode in productie te brengen en dat aan een lage kostprijs."
msgstr ""
"We volgen een **praktijkgerichte methodologie** die gebruikt wordt om "
"klanten op een korte periode in productie te brengen en dat aan een lage "
"kostprijs."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298
msgid ""
"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
"progressively, by groups of apps."
msgstr "Na de kick-off meeting definiëren we een plan om Odoo progressief uit te rollen, per groep of app."
msgstr ""
"Na de kick-off meeting definiëren we een plan om Odoo progressief uit te "
"rollen, per groep of app."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304
msgid ""
@ -499,7 +648,11 @@ msgid ""
"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set applications that you will "
"fully use in production at the end of the phase."
msgstr "Het doel van het **Kick-off gesprek** is, voor onze projectleider, om te begrijpen hoe uw bedrijf werkt om een implementatieproces voor te stellen (fasering). Elke fase is de implementatie van een set applicaties die u volledig in productie gebruikt aan het einde van de fase."
msgstr ""
"Het doel van het **Kick-off gesprek** is, voor onze projectleider, om te "
"begrijpen hoe uw bedrijf werkt om een implementatieproces voor te stellen "
"(fasering). Elke fase is de implementatie van een set applicaties die u "
"volledig in productie gebruikt aan het einde van de fase."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
@ -510,14 +663,20 @@ msgid ""
"**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
" business process and configure according to your specific needs."
msgstr "**Opstart:** Odoo's projectleider controleert de Odoo bedrijfsflows met u, naar gelang uw zaak. Het doel is om u te trainen, de bedrijfsprocessen te valideren en configureren naar uw specifieke noden."
msgstr ""
"**Opstart:** Odoo's projectleider controleert de Odoo bedrijfsflows met u, "
"naar gelang uw zaak. Het doel is om u te trainen, de bedrijfsprocessen te "
"valideren en configureren naar uw specifieke noden."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
msgid ""
"**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
"responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project "
"manager will import them in Odoo."
msgstr "**Data:** is manueel aangemaakt of geïmporteerd vanuit uw huidige systeem. U bent verantwoordelijk om de data van uw huidige systeem te exporteren en de Odoo projectleider zal deze data importeren in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"**Data:** is manueel aangemaakt of geïmporteerd vanuit uw huidige systeem. U"
" bent verantwoordelijk om de data van uw huidige systeem te exporteren en de"
" Odoo projectleider zal deze data importeren in Odoo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
msgid ""
@ -529,21 +688,30 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326
msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
msgstr "**Productie**: Eenmaal iedereen getraind is starten uw gebruikers met het gebruiken van Odoo."
msgstr ""
"**Productie**: Eenmaal iedereen getraind is starten uw gebruikers met het "
"gebruiken van Odoo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:329
msgid ""
"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
" and reports**)."
msgstr "Eenmaal u comfortabel bent met het gebruik van Odoo optimaliseren wij het proces, **automatiseren** we sommige taken en doen we de overgebleven aanpassingen (**extra schermen en rapporten**)."
msgstr ""
"Eenmaal u comfortabel bent met het gebruik van Odoo optimaliseren wij het "
"proces, **automatiseren** we sommige taken en doen we de overgebleven "
"aanpassingen (**extra schermen en rapporten**)."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333
msgid ""
"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our "
"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
msgstr "Eenmaal alle applicaties uitgerold zijn en gebruikers comfortabel zijn met Odoo zal onze projectleider niet meer werken aan uw project (tenzij uw nieuwe noden heeft) en gebruikt u de ondersteuningsdienst als u verder vragen heeft."
msgstr ""
"Eenmaal alle applicaties uitgerold zijn en gebruikers comfortabel zijn met "
"Odoo zal onze projectleider niet meer werken aan uw project (tenzij uw "
"nieuwe noden heeft) en gebruikt u de ondersteuningsdienst als u verder "
"vragen heeft."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:339
msgid "Managing your databases"
@ -553,14 +721,19 @@ msgstr "Uw databases beheren"
msgid ""
"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
msgstr "Om toegang te krijgen tot uw database gaat u naar Odoo.com, meld u aan en klikt u op **Mijn databases** in de dropdown in de rechterbovenhoek."
msgstr ""
"Om toegang te krijgen tot uw database gaat u naar Odoo.com, meld u aan en "
"klikt u op **Mijn databases** in de dropdown in de rechterbovenhoek."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
msgid ""
"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
" with test data!"
msgstr "Odoo geeft u de mogelijkheid om het systeem te testen voordat u live gaat of voor u upgrade naar een nieuwe versie. Vervuil uw werkomgeving niet met test data!"
msgstr ""
"Odoo geeft u de mogelijkheid om het systeem te testen voordat u live gaat of"
" voor u upgrade naar een nieuwe versie. Vervuil uw werkomgeving niet met "
"test data!"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:351
msgid ""
@ -568,7 +741,11 @@ msgid ""
"for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working "
"environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** "
"page and click **Duplicate**."
msgstr "In dat opzicht kan u zoveel trials aanmaken als u wilt (beschikbaar voor 15 dagen). Deze instanties kunnen direct gekopieerd worden naar werkende omgevingen. Om dit te doen gaat u naar het Odoo.com account op de **Mijn Organisaties** pagina en klikt u op **Dupliceren**."
msgstr ""
"In dat opzicht kan u zoveel trials aanmaken als u wilt (beschikbaar voor 15 "
"dagen). Deze instanties kunnen direct gekopieerd worden naar werkende "
"omgevingen. Om dit te doen gaat u naar het Odoo.com account op de **Mijn "
"Organisaties** pagina en klikt u op **Dupliceren**."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:362
msgid ""
@ -584,13 +761,17 @@ msgstr "Klanten succes"
msgid ""
"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
"have all the resources needed to complete their project."
msgstr "Odoo is gepassioneerd in het blij maken van onze klanten en ons er van verzekeren dat ze alle bronnen nodig hebben om hun project te voltooien."
msgstr ""
"Odoo is gepassioneerd in het blij maken van onze klanten en ons er van "
"verzekeren dat ze alle bronnen nodig hebben om hun project te voltooien."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:371
msgid ""
"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
"manager and eventually the support team."
msgstr "Tijdens de implementatie fase is uw contactpersoon de projectleider en eventueel het ondersteuningsteam."
msgstr ""
"Tijdens de implementatie fase is uw contactpersoon de projectleider en "
"eventueel het ondersteuningsteam."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:374
msgid ""
@ -599,13 +780,20 @@ msgid ""
"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with"
" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the "
"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..."
msgstr "Eenmaal u in productie hebt heeft u waarschijnlijk minder interactie met onze projectleider. Op dit moment wijzen wij u een lid van het klant succes team toe die gespecialiseerd is in de lange termijn relatie met onze klanten. Hij contacteert u om nieuwe versies te tonen, de manier waarop u werkt te verbeteren, uw nieuwe noden te beoordelen, enz."
msgstr ""
"Eenmaal u in productie hebt heeft u waarschijnlijk minder interactie met "
"onze projectleider. Op dit moment wijzen wij u een lid van het klant succes "
"team toe die gespecialiseerd is in de lange termijn relatie met onze "
"klanten. Hij contacteert u om nieuwe versies te tonen, de manier waarop u "
"werkt te verbeteren, uw nieuwe noden te beoordelen, enz."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:381
msgid ""
"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
"a solution that grows with their needs!"
msgstr "Ons interne doel is om een klant minstens 10 jaar te behouden en om hen een aanbieding aan te bieden die meegroeit met hun noden!"
msgstr ""
"Ons interne doel is om een klant minstens 10 jaar te behouden en om hen een "
"aanbieding aan te bieden die meegroeit met hun noden!"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384
msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"

16
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
View File

@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2015
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-03 11:43+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-07 10:21+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

638
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

729
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,729 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: nl\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5
msgid "Manufacturing"
msgstr "Productie"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing Operations"
msgstr "Productie verwerkingen"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3
msgid "Replenishment Strategies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:3
msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:5
msgid ""
"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but "
"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
"delivery strategies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10
msgid "Terminology"
msgstr "Terminologie"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:13
msgid "Minimum stock rule"
msgstr "Minimale stockregel"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:15
msgid ""
"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the"
" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58
msgid "Make to Order"
msgstr "Maak op order"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:24
msgid ""
"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of "
"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the "
"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated "
"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:30
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:27
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:62
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Instellingen"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:33
msgid "Minimum stock rules"
msgstr "Minimale stockregels"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:35
msgid ""
"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory "
"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop"
" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock "
"values for a given product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:44
msgid ""
"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity "
"multiple\" fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:47
msgid ""
"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54
msgid ""
"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be "
"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:60
msgid ""
"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any "
"other module where products are available)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:64
msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:70
msgid "Choice between the two options"
msgstr "Kies tussen de twee opties"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:72
msgid ""
"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory "
"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum "
"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your "
"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Overzicht"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials.rst:3
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6
msgid "Bill of Materials"
msgstr "Materiaallijst"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:3
msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. "
"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the "
"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and "
"Manufacturing apps must be installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:12
msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:14
msgid ""
"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of "
"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing "
"step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:18
msgid ""
"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation "
"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left "
"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at "
"right shows the corresponding delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:24
msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:29
msgid ""
"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, "
"create each component product as you would any other product, then create "
"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route "
"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the"
" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot "
"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:37
msgid ""
"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
"preference. The component products require no special configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:44
msgid ""
"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit "
"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship "
"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with "
"their default values."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:53
msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:55
msgid ""
"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use"
" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a"
" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The "
"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product "
"will appear in your stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:64
msgid ""
"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select "
"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales "
"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable "
"stock management."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:72
msgid ""
"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture "
"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing"
" order rather than a packing operation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:5
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:125
msgid ""
"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:12
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:132
msgid ""
"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
"variants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:17
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:137
msgid ""
"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:3
msgid "How to manage semi-finished products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:5
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:83
msgid ""
"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-"
"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your "
"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM "
"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:12
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:90
msgid ""
"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the "
"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing"
" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each "
"subassembly is created as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:19
msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:21
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:99
msgid ""
"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each "
"subassembly as you would for any product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:29
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:107
msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:31
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:109
msgid ""
"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes "
"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no "
"effect."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:39
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:117
msgid ""
"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the "
"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Aan de slag"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5
msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:3
msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:5
msgid ""
"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component "
"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to "
"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM "
"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, "
"describe multiple variants of the same product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:14
msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:16
msgid ""
"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing "
"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For "
"more information about which method of management to use, review the "
"**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:22
msgid ""
"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a "
"product and at least one component (components are considered products in "
"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on "
"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory "
"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have "
"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant "
"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of "
"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of "
"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:32
msgid ""
"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. "
"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for "
"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** "
"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:38
msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:40
msgid ""
"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product "
"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be "
"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more "
"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:46
msgid ""
"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, "
"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a "
"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:50
msgid ""
"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is "
"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**"
" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be "
"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at "
"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be "
"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:61
msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:63
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the "
"primary product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:66
msgid ""
"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:72
msgid ""
"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials "
"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any "
"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step "
"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:81
msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:97
msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:123
msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:3
msgid "How to process a manufacturing order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:6
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introductie"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:8
msgid ""
"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way "
"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing "
"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise "
"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing "
"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, "
"performed in an order defined by **routings**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:17
msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:19
msgid ""
"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the "
"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in "
"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by "
"work orders and routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:24
msgid ""
"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There "
"are two basic phases from planning to production:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:27
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:52
msgid "Create manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:29
msgid "Record Production"
msgstr "Productie vastleggen"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:32
msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:34
msgid ""
"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage"
" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and "
"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create "
"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:41
msgid ""
"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is "
"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity "
"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:45
msgid ""
"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When "
"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component "
"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added"
" step of scheduling work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:50
msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:54
msgid "Schedule the associated work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:56
msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
msgid "Main Concepts"
msgstr "Belangrijkste concepten"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3
msgid "Introduction to Odoo Manufacturing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11
msgid "Transcript"
msgstr "Transcriptie"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13
msgid "Work in progress."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing Terminologies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9
msgid ""
"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the materials, the "
"quantity of each material, and the steps required to manufacture a product. "
"Depending on the industry and the nature of the finished product, a "
"different name may be used to describe the same document. For example, in "
"the pharmaceutical industry, the term “recipe” may be used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14
msgid "Cycle"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17
msgid ""
"A production cycle is a frame of time during which an entire manufacturing "
"process can be fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19
msgid "Downtime or Leave"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22
msgid ""
"Time during which a resource is unavailable. If the resource is a machine, "
"the unavailability is downtime, while if the resource is human, unavailable "
"time is called a Leave."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25
msgid "Finished products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28
msgid ""
"Finished products are the final output of a manufacturing process. They are "
"normally not intended to be used as input into another manufacturing order "
"of the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31
msgid "Kit"
msgstr "Kit"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34
msgid ""
"A kit is a set of components that are described by a bill of materials, but "
"which are delivered separately rather than assembled or mixed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36
msgid "Multi-level Bill of Materials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39
msgid ""
"A bill of material can quickly grow very complex. To keep it manageable, it "
"can be broken down into several smaller manufactured parts, each having its "
"own BOM. These parts are typically referred to as sub-assembly of "
"intermediate products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:44
msgid ""
"Defining a BOM in multiple levels reduces the complexity of the top-level "
"document and allows components to be reused in other BoMs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46
msgid "Phantom Bill of Material"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49
msgid ""
"A phantom bill of material is always used in the context of multi-level "
"BOMs. It allows to add a sub-assembly as part of a bigger end-product while "
"avoiding to trigger a separate manufacturing order for the sub-assembly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
msgid ""
"As such, when a manufacturing order for the final product is launched, the "
"components of the sub-assembly are reflected in the parent BOM as if they "
"were direct components of the parent BOM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58
msgid ""
"Phantom BOM are thus used for grouping a set of components with the aim of "
"reusing them in many other BOM without the need to launch separate "
"manufacturing orders for the sub-assemblies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61
msgid "Raw Materials"
msgstr "Grondstoffen"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:64
msgid ""
"Raw materials and components constitute the input that are transformed to "
"produce semi-finished or finished goods."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:67
msgid ""
"The transformation here can take many aspects according to the industry. It "
"can be simple assembly, welding, mixing, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69
msgid "Routing"
msgstr "Routing"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:72
msgid ""
"A routing is a document that describes a series of Work Orders and the Work "
"Centers at which they will be carried out"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74
msgid "Semi-finished products and sub-assemblies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77
msgid ""
"These are products which are manufactured with the purpose to be consumed in"
" another manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:79
msgid "Work Order Operations"
msgstr "Werkorder operaties"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:82
msgid ""
"Work Order Operations specify the set of activities necessary to fully "
"process a manufacturing order. Each activity or operation takes some time to"
" be completed and is performed into a determined production unit (also "
"called work center)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86
msgid "Work Order"
msgstr "Werkorder"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:89
msgid ""
"A work order is a single manufacturing operation that is scheduled for "
"execution on a given date and a given duration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91
msgid "Work Center"
msgstr "Werkplek"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:94
msgid ""
"Work centers identify production units and their resources. They are used to"
" represent the plant capacity as well as costing information. The capacity "
"is a combination of resources and their availability time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:97
msgid "Resources"
msgstr "Resources"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:100
msgid ""
"In manufacturing a resource can be a human being (employee) or machine "
"available in a work center."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102
msgid "Working Time"
msgstr "Werktijd"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:105
msgid ""
"Each resource has its normal working time. For instance, machines can be set"
" up to operate 7 days a week 20 hours out of 24."
msgstr ""

1502
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

742
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

858
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

18
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po
View File

@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2015
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-03 11:43+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-05 10:51+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../recruitment.rst:5
msgid "Recruitment"
msgstr "Aanwerving"
msgstr "Werving & Selectie"

1406
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1173
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2374
locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

18
locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
View File

@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2015
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-05 15:48+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-26 02:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../applications.rst:3
msgid "Applications"
msgstr "应用"
msgstr "求职申请"

543
locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

519
locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
View File

@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: max_xu <wangzhanwh@163.com>, 2016\n"
"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -18,9 +18,348 @@ msgstr ""
"Language: zh_CN\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8
msgid "Online Database management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:13
msgid "Duplicating a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:15
msgid ""
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available to free "
"customers of our Online platform."
msgstr "我们平台上的免费用户没有权限进行数据库的复制,重命名,客户化DNS等操作."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18
msgid ""
"Access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ "
"(you will have to sign in). Next, make sure you are connected as the "
"administrator of the database you want to duplicate. After that, click on "
"the **Manage Your Databases** button."
msgstr ""
"访问`数据库管理页面 <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (你必须先登入sign in). 下一步, "
"在复制数据库前先确保你拥有管理员权限. 然后, 点击**管理你的数据库** 按钮."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:26
msgid ""
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
msgstr ""
"在你想要复制数据库的那一行,你会发现几个按钮.请点击**Duplicate**复制你的数据库.在弹出的窗口中输入数据库副本名字,然后点击**Continue**."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:36
msgid "A duplicated database has the same behaviour as a real one:"
msgstr "数据库副本的执行内容和正式数据库一样:"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:38
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr "电子邮件已送出"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce, for example)"
msgstr "付款已处理（例如，电子商务）"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr "发运单据(承运人)已经发送"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:44
msgid "Etc."
msgstr "等等."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
msgid ""
"It is **strongly** advised to test behaviour using sample customers/products"
" (with a `disposable e-mail <http://www.mailinator.com>`__ address, for "
"example)"
msgstr "强烈建议使用客户/产品等样本数据进行测试,邮件地址也建议使用`临时地址<http://www.mailinator.com>`."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:50
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
msgstr "几秒钟之后你就可以登录数据库副本了.请注意你可以在浏览器地址栏里看到数据库副本的名字."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
msgstr "数据库副本将在15天后自动过期."
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
msgid "On-premise Database management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10
msgid "Register a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12
msgid ""
"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in "
"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before"
" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will"
" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-"
"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu "
"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20
msgid "Registration Error Message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22
msgid ""
"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this "
"message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130
msgid "Solutions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33
msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
msgid ""
"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo"
" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ or with your Account "
"Manager"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41
msgid ""
"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a "
"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
"database\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52
msgid ""
"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database "
"as it will be deactivated shortly:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59
msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190
msgid ""
"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a "
"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required."
msgstr "自2016年7月以后,Odoo9会自动修改数据库副本的UUID;手工变更的操作就不再需要了."
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64
msgid ""
"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID."
" Please check on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__, a short message will appear "
"specifying which database is problematic:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73
msgid ""
"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve "
"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section "
"<duplicate_premise>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76
msgid ""
"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each "
"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and "
"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
msgid "Too much users error message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
msgid ""
"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo"
" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93
msgid ""
"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The "
"countdown is updated everyday."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99
msgid ""
"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the "
"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102
msgid "or"
msgstr "或"
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104
msgid ""
"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com "
"/documentation/user/10.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109
msgid ""
"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message "
"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification "
"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown,"
" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the "
"message disappear right away."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116
msgid "Database expired error message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118
msgid ""
"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your "
"subscription, you will encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126
msgid ""
"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30"
" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the "
"database is expired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134
msgid ""
"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note "
"that"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133
msgid ""
"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be "
"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit "
"card payments are processed immediately."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136
msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138
msgid ""
"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145
msgid "Force an Update Notification"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
msgid ""
"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-"
"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription"
" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will "
"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause "
"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications "
"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you"
" can force an Update using the following procedure:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154
msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155
msgid ""
"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right "
"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer"
" mode**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158
msgid ""
"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > "
"\"Scheduled Actions\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160
msgid ""
"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on "
"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165
msgid ""
"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive "
"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this "
"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the"
" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production "
"database will then be correctly identified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174
msgid "Duplicate a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
msgid ""
"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your "
"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily "
"duplicate your database (among other things)."
msgstr ""
"你可以在你的服务器链接(<odoo-"
"server>/web/database/manager)上访问数据库管理页面.在这个页面里,可以容易的创建数据库副本(以及其他的数据库操作)."
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184
msgid ""
"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change "
"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this "
"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two "
"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or "
"registration problems down the line."
msgstr ""
"在你创建了一个本地数据库的副本之后,强烈建议你修改这个数据库副本的UUID(Universally Unique "
"Identifier),因为数据库的UUID是在我们服务器上对于你的数据库的标识.如果有2个一样是数据库使用同样的UUID会导致后续的注册以及开票问题."
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193
msgid ""
"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > "
"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator "
"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to"
" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record "
"by clicking on it and using the edit button."
msgstr ""
"可以通过菜单 **设置 > 参数 > 系统参数** 访问到数据库的UUID,我们建议使用 `uuid 生成器 "
"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ 或Unix命令 "
"\"uuidgen\"来生成一个新的UUID.你就可以编辑按钮来用新的UUID替换原先的记录."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7
msgid "How to manage your databases"
msgstr "如何管理数据库"
msgid "Users and Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9
msgid ""
@ -42,16 +381,19 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19
msgid ""
"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo "
"instances. The most important section concern the :ref:`duplication "
"<duplicate>` of your database: whenever you wish to install or remove an "
"App, you should **always** test it first on a duplicate of your production "
"database. That way, if something goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not"
" impacted."
"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise "
"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something "
"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted."
msgstr ""
"这篇文章包含了一些指导关于你如何管理你的Odoo实例.其中最重要的部分是使用:ref:'复制<duplicate>'来创建你的数据库副本:请记住,在任何时候当你需要添加或卸载一个应用App时,你**必须**在一个生产用数据库"
" (prodcut database) 的数据库副本上先进行测试.这样,你业务的连续性才不会因为错误而中断."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:26
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online"
" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` "
"installations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28
msgid ""
"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an "
"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our "
@ -60,144 +402,37 @@ msgstr ""
"如果你对这篇文章有任何问题或者当你执行程序时碰到问题,可以通过提交`支持需求报告 "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__来联系我们."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:30
msgid ""
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available to free "
"customers of our Online platform."
msgstr "我们平台上的免费用户没有权限进行数据库的复制,重命名,客户化DNS等操作."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:37
msgid "Duplicating a database (online)"
msgstr "复制数据库（在线）"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39
msgid ""
"Access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ "
"(you will have to sign in). Next, make sure you are connected as the "
"administrator of the database you want to duplicate. After that, click on "
"the **Manage Your Databases** button."
msgstr ""
"访问`数据库管理页面 <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (你必须先登入sign in). 下一步, "
"在复制数据库前先确保你拥有管理员权限. 然后, 点击**管理你的数据库** 按钮."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47
msgid ""
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
msgstr ""
"在你想要复制数据库的那一行,你会发现几个按钮.请点击**Duplicate**复制你的数据库.在弹出的窗口中输入数据库副本名字,然后点击**Continue**."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57
msgid "A duplicated database has the same behaviour as a real one:"
msgstr "数据库副本的执行内容和正式数据库一样:"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:59
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr "电子邮件已送出"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:61
msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce, for example)"
msgstr "付款已处理（例如，电子商务）"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:63
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr "发运单据(承运人)已经发送"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:65
msgid "Etc."
msgstr "等等."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:67
msgid ""
"It is **strongly** advised to test behaviour using sample customers/products"
" (with a `disposable e-mail <http://www.mailinator.com>`__ address, for "
"example)"
msgstr "强烈建议使用客户/产品等样本数据进行测试,邮件地址也建议使用`临时地址<http://www.mailinator.com>`."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
msgstr "几秒钟之后你就可以登录数据库副本了.请注意你可以在浏览器地址栏里看到数据库副本的名字."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
msgstr "数据库副本将在15天后自动过期."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:81
msgid "Duplicating a database (on-premise)"
msgstr "复制数据库（私有）"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83
msgid ""
"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your "
"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily "
"duplicate your database (among other things)."
msgstr ""
"你可以在你的服务器链接(<odoo-"
"server>/web/database/manager)上访问数据库管理页面.在这个页面里,可以容易的创建数据库副本(以及其他的数据库操作)."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:91
msgid ""
"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change "
"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this "
"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two "
"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or "
"registration problems down the line."
msgstr ""
"在你创建了一个本地数据库的副本之后,强烈建议你修改这个数据库副本的UUID(Universally Unique "
"Identifier),因为数据库的UUID是在我们服务器上对于你的数据库的标识.如果有2个一样是数据库使用同样的UUID会导致后续的注册以及开票问题."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97
msgid ""
"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a "
"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required."
msgstr "自2016年7月以后,Odoo9会自动修改数据库副本的UUID;手工变更的操作就不再需要了."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:100
msgid ""
"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > "
"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator "
"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to"
" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record "
"by clicking on it and using the edit button."
msgstr ""
"可以通过菜单 **设置 > 参数 > 系统参数** 访问到数据库的UUID,我们建议使用 `uuid 生成器 "
"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ 或Unix命令 "
"\"uuidgen\"来生成一个新的UUID.你就可以编辑按钮来用新的UUID替换原先的记录."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:110
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34
msgid "Deactivating Users"
msgstr "禁用用户"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:112
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36
msgid ""
"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to "
"change the status of any of your users."
msgstr "当你想更新任一用户的状态时,请确保你拥有足够的**管理权限**."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39
msgid ""
"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section "
"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access "
"rights.**"
msgstr "在你的Odoo实例中,点击**设置**.在左边的菜单部分可以选择用户显示数据库中已经激活的用户账号.点击 **访问权限**."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:158
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
msgid "|settings|"
msgstr "|设置|"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
msgid "|browse_users|"
msgstr "|浏览用户账号|"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:123
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47
msgid "You'll then see the list of your users."
msgstr "然后你将看到用户账号列表."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:128
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52
msgid ""
"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different "
"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll "
@ -205,7 +440,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"筛选器中预设置了\"内部用户\"过滤条件,经过此过滤器条件显示的用户账号是付费账号(区别于免费的*门户账号*\").如果你删掉了这个过滤条件,那就显示所有的用户账号(包括付费账号和免费账号)"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:133
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57
msgid ""
"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as "
"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** "
@ -214,19 +449,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"在你的用户列表中,点击你想要取消激活的用户账号.进入用户表单后,将鼠标移到状态按钮**有效**(右上角)上.点击有效,然后你将看到这个按钮状态立即变为了**取消激活**状态."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:142
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66
msgid "The user is now deactivated."
msgstr "该用户账号目前处于取消激活状态."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:144
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68
msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)"
msgstr "**千万不要**取消激活主用户(*admin*)"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:147
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71
msgid "Uninstalling Apps"
msgstr "卸载应用App"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:149
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73
msgid ""
"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
"<duplicate>` of your database before making any changes (*especially* "
@ -234,25 +469,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"必须确保在做测试之前创建了正式库的数据库副本:ref:`duplicate <duplicate>` (*特别是* 添加/删除应用apps)."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:153
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77
msgid ""
"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able "
"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to"
" access the list of your installed applications."
msgstr "在你的Odoo实例中点击**设置**,在应用中,你可以看到所安装的应用.点击**应用**来显示你所安装的应用"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:158
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
msgid "|browse_apps|"
msgstr "|应用浏览|"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:161
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85
msgid ""
"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your "
"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the "
"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**."
msgstr "在应用看板中,你可以看到所有应用的图标.点击你想卸载的应用.然后在应用表单内,点击**卸载**."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:168
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92
msgid ""
"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. "
"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what "
@ -263,20 +498,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"有些应用有依赖应用,比如开票,电子商务等等.因此,当你准备卸载这些应用时,系统会弹出一个警告信息,告诉你哪些被依赖的应用会被相应卸载.如果你继续卸载,那所有被依赖应用也会被同时卸载(并且这些应用中的数据也会被永久删除).然后你可以点击按钮**确认**来确认这个卸载操作."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:175
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99
msgid ""
"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**."
msgstr "最后,在看过警告信息后(如有),点击**确认**"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:180
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104
msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application."
msgstr "你已完成删除应用。"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:183
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107
msgid "Good to know"
msgstr "很高兴可以知道"
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:185
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109
msgid ""
"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can "
"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to "
@ -287,7 +522,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"**卸载应用,管理用户等等,这些决定取决于你**:没有其他人可以比你更了解这些操作是否会影响到你的业务应用.如果我们帮你卸载了应用,那我们也无法告诉你哪些关联数据会被删除或者你的某项业务流程会停摆,因为我们*不知道你的业务运作方式*因此也无法验证这些操作."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:191
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115
msgid ""
"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install "
"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you "
@ -298,7 +533,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"**Odoo应用有其他的依赖应用**:这意味着一些你并不太会操作的模块,会因为其中的一些特性被需要而被系统自动安装.比如,如果你需要将你的客户报价能用网页的形式展现,那网站构建器这个应用就会被自动安装.可能你完全不需要Odoo的网站,但是这个应用中的在线报价技术特性却是你的需求能正常工作的前提条件."
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:198
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122
msgid ""
"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial "
"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This "

559
locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
View File

@ -1,174 +1,238 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2016
# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2016
# Jeffery Chenn <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2016
# Kate Lee <kateleelpk@gmail.com>, 2016
# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2016
# 思昀 邹 <1025772003@qq.com>, 2016
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-18 10:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-11 08:48+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Kate Lee <kateleelpk@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: zh_CN\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
#: ../../discuss.rst:5 ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:5
#: ../../discuss.rst:5
msgid "Discuss"
msgstr "讨论"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:8
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "概述"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3
msgid "How to use my own email servers to send and receive messages in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:10
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6
msgid "When is it needed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:7
msgid "You need it if you use Odoo Community or Enterprise."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:10
msgid "What if I use Odoo Online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:11
msgid ""
"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your "
"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with "
"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever "
"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily "
"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team "
"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one "
"simple and searchable interface."
msgstr "odoo讨论是一个对于团队易于使用的消息应用, 将组织的全部通讯带入到一个地方, 并且与odoo平台无缝集成。讨论让你在odoo任何地方发送接收消息, 以及在应用中容易的管理消息和通知。讨论允许在一个简单可查询的界面创建 **渠道** , 用于关于项目的聊天, 对话, 会议协调, 以及更多。"
"You are done! Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email "
"server (*@yourcompany.odoo.com*). We recommend to keep this default setting "
"as is as it is really convenient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:23
msgid "Communicating with Your Team Using Channels"
msgstr "使用渠道工具和你的团队进行沟通"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:25
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
msgid ""
"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, "
"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see,"
" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments."
msgstr "能用 **渠道** 来组织与各个团队、部门、项目, 或者其他需要沟通的群组之间的讨论。通过对话, 每个人都可以看到, 很容易让整个团队在循环中的最新发展"
"Indeed, while it is branded by Odoo, the visible source of any message sent "
"from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo login). Your "
"contacts will therefore trust your messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:32
msgid "Creating a Channel"
msgstr "创建一个频道"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:20
msgid "How does it work when a contact replies to an email sent from Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:34
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
msgid ""
"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**."
msgstr "论坛可以支持两种类型的版块 - **公开** 与 **私有** 。"
"Default reply-to is a generic address used to automatically route any "
"incoming email to the discussion thread of the origin business object "
"(opportunity, order, task, etc.) and to the inbox of all its followers. By "
"default this address is \"catchall@\" but it can be changed. Thanks to it, "
"you get a perfect message thread in Odoo and you don't pollute your external"
" email box with Odoo-related topics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:37
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:29
msgid "How to use my own email servers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:30
msgid ""
"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write "
"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a "
"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only "
"visible to users who have been invited to this channel."
msgstr "公开渠道只能由拥有白色特权的管理员创建, 且对组织里的所有人都可见。相对而言, 私人渠道可以由任一用户创建并且在默认情况下只对被邀请进入这个渠道的用户可见。"
"You need to be a system admin to set this up. Go to :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> General Settings` and check *External Email Servers* (watch out: this "
"checkbox only shows up after Odoo 10). Then, go through the following steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:44
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
msgid "Set an outgoing email server for outbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:37
msgid ""
"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas"
" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to "
"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive "
"information)."
msgstr "在员工们需要获取学术研讨或公司通知等信息的时候, 公开渠道就能被很好地利用。反之, 私人渠道则应该应用于那些应该局限于特定用户或员工的信息如特定的或者机密的信息的时候被利用。"
"You need the SMTP data of your email provider (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, "
"etc.) as well as your admin credentials. Once all the information has been "
"filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:51
msgid "Configuring a Channel"
msgstr "配置一个频道"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:45
msgid "Set an incoming email server for inbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:53
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:46
msgid ""
"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic "
"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`."
" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view "
"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or"
" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to "
"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would"
" a public channel."
msgstr "可以配置一个渠道的名称、描述、访问权限、自动订阅和邮件 :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`. 更改访问权限可控制哪个组查看哪个渠道。可设置一个组, 所有用户能看到、邀请用户或选定的用户组可看。允许“每个人”私人渠道将让允许其他用户查看，并加入它，因为这被看作是一个公共渠道。"
"Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the "
"*Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has "
"been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:67
msgid "How To Set Up a Mailing List"
msgstr "如何配置邮件列表"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:69
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:53
msgid ""
"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within "
":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like"
" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive "
"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear "
"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send "
"messages by email."
msgstr "一个渠道可看作是邮件清单。从:menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`，定义要使用的电子邮件。用户将使用所定义的电子邮件地址收发通知。一个信封图标将出现在列表中的渠道名称旁边，表示可用电子邮件发送消息。"
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes. You can change this"
" value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:77
msgid "Locating a Channel"
msgstr "选择一个频道"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:59
msgid "Set the domain name"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:79
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60
msgid ""
"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of "
"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by"
" clicking the plus icon."
msgstr "如果你没有看到你的仪表盘上看到任何频道，你可以從**公共频道**列表中搜索正确的频道或单击加号图标以创建新的频道。"
"Enter the domain name of your email servers (e.g. mycompany.com) in General "
"Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:86
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
msgid "Create a catchall address"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:68
msgid ""
"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public "
"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public "
"channels from a single screen."
msgstr "你亦可以点击**頻道**,浏览公開频道列表。这允许用户在簡易地進行手动**加入**和**离开**公開頻道。"
"Create a catchall address in your email server settings. We advise you to "
"use \"catchall@\" so that everything works out straight away. If you want to"
" use another alias, you have extra steps in Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:91
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
msgid "Activate the developer mode from your Settings Dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77
msgid ""
"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to "
"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic."
msgstr "用户最好在创建新频道前先搜索列表，以确保不会重复创建同一主题的条目。"
"Refresh your screen. Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Parameters --> System Parameters` and enter your custom catchall alias in "
"*mail.catchall.alias*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:95
msgid "Monitoring Your Messages Using the Inbox"
msgstr "使用收件箱监控你的消息"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:84
msgid "You can edit the email alias used for bounced messages the same way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:100
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
msgid "How to perfectly combine Odoo Discuss and my traditional email tool"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
msgid ""
"Use the **inbox** to monitor updates and progress on everything you do in "
"Odoo. Notifications from everything you follow and conversations in which "
"you are mentioned appear in your inbox."
msgstr "使用**收件箱**监视你在Odoo所做的一切的更新与进度。你所关注的或是你被提到的對話通知將通知出现在你的收件箱。"
"Odoo Discuss is a perfect tool to send and read messages related to business"
" objects. But it doesn't aim to replace a full-featured email software "
"(Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, etc.). We recommend to take the most out of "
"both systems without mingling them: What is related to Odoo business objects"
" or applications goes into Odoo; What is not stays into your external email "
"boxes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:107
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
msgid ""
"Marking an item with a check sets the message to **read** and removes it "
"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or "
"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star "
"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters "
"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here."
msgstr "将项目标记为**已读**,并从收件箱中删除它。如果你想保存一个项目，用作以后的参考或是操作，标志为星型, 添加到**星级**箱。你可以将任何消息或通知或任何特定项目标记为星。"
"To do so, create specific email aliases to use in Odoo (to generate leads or"
" opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias already "
"used for messaging outside of Odoo, incoming messages will land into both "
"systems. This will negatively impact your productivity when it comes to "
"process them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:114
msgid "Sending Emails"
msgstr "发送电子邮件"
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3
msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:116
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8
msgid ""
"You can **send emails** from the inbox of Odoo Discuss. In addition to the "
"usual email features, you can select a template that you have already "
"created, or create one on the fly and save it for later use."
msgstr "你可以在Odoo讨论中的收件箱**发送电子邮件**。除了慣常的电子邮件功能，你可以使用你已创建的模板，或者创建一个供日後使用。"
"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the "
"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically "
"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:121
msgid "Grabbing Attention with Direct Messages and Mentions"
msgstr "用直接或者简介的信息博取关注"
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13
msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:123
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15
msgid ""
"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks"
" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to"
" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19
msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21
msgid ""
"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" "
"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at "
"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in"
" this field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25
msgid ""
"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following "
"the previous example you should write "
"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28
msgid ""
"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click "
"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33
msgid "Getting the API key and secret"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35
msgid ""
"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40
msgid ""
"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General "
"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the "
"settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3
msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**."
" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item "
@ -178,13 +242,17 @@ msgid ""
"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-"
"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or "
"another channel."
msgstr "你可以在渠道或者聊天中 **提及** 一个用户, 通过输入 **@用户名** 。在聊天中提及一个用户, 将会设置他们作为项目的关注者（如果他们还不是关注者）, 并且发送一个消息到他们的收件箱。包含提及的项目会在列表视图收拢。在渠道提及一个用户将发生一个消息到他们的收件箱。你不能提及一个没有订阅渠道的用户。输入 **#渠道名** 将在聊天或另外渠道提供一个链接到提及的渠道。"
msgstr ""
"你可以在渠道或者聊天中 **提及** 一个用户, 通过输入 **@用户名** 。在聊天中提及一个用户, "
"将会设置他们作为项目的关注者（如果他们还不是关注者）, "
"并且发送一个消息到他们的收件箱。包含提及的项目会在列表视图收拢。在渠道提及一个用户将发生一个消息到他们的收件箱。你不能提及一个没有订阅渠道的用户。输入 "
"**#渠道名** 将在聊天或另外渠道提供一个链接到提及的渠道。"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:133
msgid "Direct Messaging a User"
msgstr "直接发消息给用户"
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15
msgid "Direct messaging a user"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:135
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17
msgid ""
"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and "
"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the "
@ -194,54 +262,233 @@ msgid ""
"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user "
"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that "
"they are offline."
msgstr "* *直接的信息**只被发件人和收件人看到。你可用讨论模块直接发送信息给其他用户。在顶部栏发送图标, 可在Odoo任何地方发送信息。其他用户的在线状态显示在他们的名字左边。一个**绿色的点* *表明用户是在线的，一个**橙色的点**，他们是空闲的，和一个**灰色的点**，他们是离线。"
msgstr ""
"* *直接的信息**只被发件人和收件人看到。你可用讨论模块直接发送信息给其他用户。在顶部栏发送图标, "
"可在Odoo任何地方发送信息。其他用户的在线状态显示在他们的名字左边。一个**绿色的点* "
"*表明用户是在线的，一个**橙色的点**，他们是空闲的，和一个**灰色的点**，他们是离线。"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:146
msgid "Desktop Notifications from Discuss"
msgstr "来自讨论的桌面提醒"
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28
msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:148
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30
msgid ""
"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new "
"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of"
" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on "
"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.."
msgstr "你可以在收到新的私信時选择接收**桌面通知**。该通知能预览发件人和邮件内容。\n单击位于桌面通知角落的齿轮图标启用或停用功能。"
msgstr ""
"你可以在收到新的私信時选择接收**桌面通知**。该通知能预览发件人和邮件内容。\n"
"单击位于桌面通知角落的齿轮图标启用或停用功能。"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:158
msgid "Tracking Important Topics, Projects, and Conversations"
msgstr "追踪重要的话题, 项目, 对话"
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3
msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:160
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can keep track of virtually any object in Odoo, such as a Task or "
"Quotation, by **following** it. An item can be followed from the item view, "
"just above the chatter."
msgstr "你可以跟踪在Odoo的几乎任何事项，如**跟踪**任务或报价。一个项目可从项目视图跟踪。"
"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on "
"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you "
"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:167
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13
msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18
msgid ""
"You can choose which types of events to follow, with the depending on the "
"type of item. The example below shows the options available when following a"
" **task** in the **Projects** **Module**."
msgstr "您可选择要跟踪的事件类型，取决于项目的类型。下面的示例显示了在**项目****模块**中的**任务**选项。"
"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it "
"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or "
"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star "
"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters "
"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:174
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
msgid "Why to use Odoo Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel "
"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a"
" link back to the original document."
msgstr "您可邀请其他用户，并添加渠道作为追随者。添加渠道作为跟踪将原文件作为链接的形式发送消息。"
"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your "
"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with "
"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever "
"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily "
"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team "
"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one "
"simple and searchable interface."
msgstr ""
"odoo讨论是一个对于团队易于使用的消息应用, 将组织的全部通讯带入到一个地方, 并且与odoo平台无缝集成。讨论让你在odoo任何地方发送接收消息, "
"以及在应用中容易的管理消息和通知。讨论允许在一个简单可查询的界面创建 **渠道** , 用于关于项目的聊天, 对话, 会议协调, 以及更多。"
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:184
msgid "Using Filters to Navigate within Discuss"
msgstr "使用筛选在讨论间导航"
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3
msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:186
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, "
"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see,"
" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments."
msgstr ""
"能用 **渠道** 来组织与各个团队、部门、项目, 或者其他需要沟通的群组之间的讨论。通过对话, 每个人都可以看到, 很容易让整个团队在循环中的最新发展"
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12
msgid "Creating a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14
msgid ""
"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**."
msgstr "论坛可以支持两种类型的版块 - **公开** 与 **私有** 。"
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17
msgid ""
"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write "
"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a "
"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only "
"visible to users who have been invited to this channel."
msgstr ""
"公开渠道只能由拥有白色特权的管理员创建, 且对组织里的所有人都可见。相对而言, "
"私人渠道可以由任一用户创建并且在默认情况下只对被邀请进入这个渠道的用户可见。"
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24
msgid ""
"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas"
" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to "
"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive "
"information)."
msgstr ""
"在员工们需要获取学术研讨或公司通知等信息的时候, 公开渠道就能被很好地利用。反之, "
"私人渠道则应该应用于那些应该局限于特定用户或员工的信息如特定的或者机密的信息的时候被利用。"
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31
msgid "Configuring a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33
msgid ""
"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic "
"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`."
" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view "
"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or"
" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to "
"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would"
" a public channel."
msgstr ""
"可以配置一个渠道的名称、描述、访问权限、自动订阅和邮件 :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`. "
"更改访问权限可控制哪个组查看哪个渠道。可设置一个组, "
"所有用户能看到、邀请用户或选定的用户组可看。允许“每个人”私人渠道将让允许其他用户查看，并加入它，因为这被看作是一个公共渠道。"
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47
msgid "How to set up a mailing list"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49
msgid ""
"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within "
":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like"
" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive "
"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear "
"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send "
"messages by email."
msgstr ""
"一个渠道可看作是邮件清单。从:menuselection:`#channel-name --> "
"Settings`，定义要使用的电子邮件。用户将使用所定义的电子邮件地址收发通知。一个信封图标将出现在列表中的渠道名称旁边，表示可用电子邮件发送消息。"
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57
msgid "Locating a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59
msgid ""
"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of "
"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by"
" clicking the plus icon."
msgstr "如果你没有看到你的仪表盘上看到任何频道，你可以從**公共频道**列表中搜索正确的频道或单击加号图标以创建新的频道。"
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66
msgid ""
"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public "
"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public "
"channels from a single screen."
msgstr "你亦可以点击**頻道**,浏览公開频道列表。这允许用户在簡易地進行手动**加入**和**离开**公開頻道。"
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71
msgid ""
"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to "
"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic."
msgstr "用户最好在创建新频道前先搜索列表，以确保不会重复创建同一主题的条目。"
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76
msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78
msgid ""
"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function "
"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and "
"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by "
"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single "
"character wildcard.**"
msgstr "topbar搜索提供了相同的综合搜索功能。您可应用多个**过滤器标准**和**保存过滤器**供以后使用。搜索函数接受通配符使用下划线字符 \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" , 这代表**单个字符的通配符**。"
msgstr ""
"topbar搜索提供了相同的综合搜索功能。您可应用多个**过滤器标准**和**保存过滤器**供以后使用。搜索函数接受通配符使用下划线字符 \"\\ "
"**\\_**\\ \" , 这代表**单个字符的通配符**。"
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3
msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6
msgid "How to follow a discussion thread"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7
msgid ""
"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity,"
" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14
msgid "How to choose the events to follow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15
msgid ""
"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The "
"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the "
"**Project** app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23
msgid "How to add other followers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel "
"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a"
" link back to the original document."
msgstr "您可邀请其他用户，并添加渠道作为追随者。添加渠道作为跟踪将原文件作为链接的形式发送消息。"
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34
msgid "How to be a default follower"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35
msgid ""
"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In "
"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any"
" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task "
"created, an opportunity won)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40
msgid ""
"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel"
" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear "
"about."
msgstr ""

18
locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po
View File

@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2015
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-03 11:43+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-24 16:34+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: 珠海-老天 <liangjia@qq.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../expenses.rst:5
msgid "Expenses"
msgstr "费用管理"
msgstr "费用"

700
locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,700 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: zh_CN\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
#: ../../general.rst:5
msgid "General"
msgstr "一般"
#: ../../general/auth.rst:3
msgid "Authentification"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3
msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5
msgid ""
"Connect to your Google account and go to "
"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
msgid ""
"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
msgid ""
"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
msgid ""
"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then"
" save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30
msgid ""
"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
"Client ID)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
msgid ""
"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
msgid ""
"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste"
" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
"Then click on **Create**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
msgid ""
"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
msgid "BASE IMPORT"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3
msgid "Import CSV file to Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8
msgid "Frequently Asked Questions"
msgstr "常见问题"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12
msgid "Need to import data from an other application?"
msgstr "需要从其他应用程序中导入数据？"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:14
msgid ""
"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should "
"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the "
"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import an other record that "
"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original "
"unique identifier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16
msgid ""
"The **ID** (External ID) will also be used to update the original import if "
"you need to re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to "
"specify it whenever possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21
msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23
msgid ""
"Odoo try to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the "
"files, the type of field for each columns inside your file. For example if "
"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type "
"integer will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behaviour might"
" be good and easy for most cases scenarios, it is also possible that it goes"
" wrong sometimes or that you want to map your column to a field that is not "
"proposed by default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
msgid ""
"If that happens, you just have to check the **Show all fields for completion"
" (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the complete list"
" of fields for each columns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30
msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32
msgid ""
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess"
" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can"
" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be "
"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month "
"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the"
" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:34
msgid ""
"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the "
"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file "
"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using"
" the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:37
msgid ""
"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to "
"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is"
" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo "
"whatever your locale date format is."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:42
msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
msgid ""
"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as"
" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also "
"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can "
"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not "
"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will "
"crash."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46
msgid ""
"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:48
msgid "32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:49
msgid "32000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:50
msgid "32,000.00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:51
msgid "-32000.00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:52
msgid "(32000.00)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53
msgid "$ 32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54
msgid "(32000.00 €)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:56
msgid "Example that will not work:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:58
msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59
msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:64
msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:66
msgid ""
"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and "
"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these "
"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse"
" CSV file bar after you select your file)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:68
msgid ""
"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not "
"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
"your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:73
msgid ""
"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
"application?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:75
msgid ""
"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's "
"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We "
"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to "
"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit "
"filter settings' > Save)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:77
msgid ""
"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82
msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:84
msgid ""
"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the "
"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you"
" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the "
"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 "
"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
"import."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
msgid ""
"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
"different fields to import:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88
msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
msgstr "国家：国家的名称或代码"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:89
msgid ""
"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
"postgresql column"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:90
msgid ""
"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
" (or the .XML file that imported it)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:92
msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:94
msgid "Country: Belgium"
msgstr "国家: 比利时"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96
msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
msgstr "Country/External ID: base.be"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
msgid ""
"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference "
"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
"according to your need:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100
msgid ""
"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
" have been created manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
msgid ""
"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly "
"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you "
"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique "
"Database ID)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
msgid ""
"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
"party application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:104
msgid ""
"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\""
" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will "
"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like "
"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for "
"Products and their Categories."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106
msgid ""
"`CSV file for categories "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Products "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112
msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
msgstr "如果我有多对一的字段怎么做？"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:114
msgid ""
"If for example you have two product categories with the child name "
"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other "
"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import "
"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they "
"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product "
"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of "
"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116
msgid ""
"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product "
"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
"'Category'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121
msgid ""
"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
"multiple tags)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123
msgid ""
"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if"
" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and "
"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column"
" of your CSV file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130
msgid ""
"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
"Sales Order)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132
msgid ""
"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order"
" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order "
"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. "
"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any "
"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is "
"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
"you can import, based on demo data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135
msgid ""
"`File for some Quotations "
"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
"respective purchase order lines:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139
msgid ""
"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
"contacts:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
msgid ""
"`Customers and their respective contacts "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148
msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
msgstr "我可以导入多次相同的记录？"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
msgid ""
"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or "
"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified "
"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import "
"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between "
"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record "
"depending if it's new or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152
msgid ""
"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159
msgid ""
"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default "
"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values "
"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of "
"assigning the default value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164
msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166
msgid ""
"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate "
"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import"
" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each "
"person and the company they work for)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168
msgid ""
"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" "
"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier"
" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique "
"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
msgid ""
"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to "
"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you "
"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for."
" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a "
"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
"PostgreSQL database</a>)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
msgid ""
"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
" the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178
msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185
msgid ""
"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
"following SQL command in PSQL:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191
msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199
msgid ""
"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees "
"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation"
" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the "
"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to "
"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
msgid ""
"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any "
"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 "
"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first "
"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
msgid "BASICS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
msgid "How to add a user"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given "
"point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9
msgid "Add individual users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11
msgid ""
"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`"
" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the "
"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -"
" and a picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access "
"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23
msgid ""
"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an "
"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click"
" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
msgid ""
"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. "
"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39
msgid ""
"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above "
"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and "
"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link"
" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights "
"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
msgid ""
"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46
msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3
msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and"
" each user can use Odoo in his own language ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9
msgid "Load your desired language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11
msgid ""
"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo "
"instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14
msgid ""
"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of"
" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, "
"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23
msgid ""
"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option"
" to change the navigation language on your website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27
msgid "Change your language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29
msgid ""
"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-"
"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36
msgid ""
"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click "
"**SAVE.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42
msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45
msgid "Change another user's language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47
msgid ""
"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred "
"language."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50
msgid ""
"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users "
"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you "
"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the "
"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can"
" change the Language to any previously installed language and click "
"**SAVE.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61
msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`"
msgstr ""

112
locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
View File

@ -1,30 +1,23 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2016
# Jeffery Chen Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2016
# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2016
# Ted Wang <feiyuwang2012@gmail.com>, 2016
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-11-22 12:23+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: zh_CN\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
#: ../../getting_started.rst:5 ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "入门"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
msgid "Odoo Online Implementation"
msgstr "Odoo在线实施"
@ -49,6 +42,10 @@ msgid ""
"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*"
msgstr "*如果您还没有阅读这个文档, 我们的项目经理将会在第一次电话时与你一起阅读这个文档。*"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "入门"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22
msgid ""
"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The"
@ -68,7 +65,8 @@ msgid ""
"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by "
"someone else in your company, contact our support using our `online support "
"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr "如果你没有收到这封邮件, 原因可能是公司的其他人付了款, 你可使用在线支持表单<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__联系我们。"
msgstr ""
"如果你没有收到这封邮件, 原因可能是公司的其他人付了款, 你可使用在线支持表单<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__联系我们。"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38
msgid ""
@ -82,7 +80,9 @@ msgid ""
" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities or projects / "
"tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the user "
"interface as shown in the picture below."
msgstr "为了熟悉用户界面,花几分钟来创建记录: *products, customers, opportunities or projects / tasks*. 在用户界面上, 遵循闪烁的点,如下图所示。"
msgstr ""
"为了熟悉用户界面,花几分钟来创建记录: *products, customers, opportunities or projects / "
"tasks*. 在用户界面上, 遵循闪烁的点,如下图所示。"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
msgid "|left_pic|"
@ -133,7 +133,9 @@ msgid ""
"Read the documentation on our website: "
"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
msgstr "在网站上阅读文档: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
msgstr ""
"在网站上阅读文档: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79
msgid ""
@ -183,7 +185,9 @@ msgid ""
"lot of decisions to take on small details. If there is too much back and "
"forth between several decision makers, it could potentially seriously slow "
"things down."
msgstr "* *有决定的权限 * *。Odoo通常会将公司所有的部门改变得更好。这样的一个项目,需要对有很多小细节做出决定。如果在几个决策者之间有太多来回沟通, 这可能会严重影响项目进度。"
msgstr ""
"* *有决定的权限 * *。Odoo通常会将公司所有的部门改变得更好。这样的一个项目,需要对有很多小细节做出决定。如果在几个决策者之间有太多来回沟通, "
"这可能会严重影响项目进度。"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110
msgid ""
@ -220,7 +224,8 @@ msgid ""
"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was "
"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old "
"system(s) works."
msgstr "* *用 Odoo的方式操作,不是你的。* * 按Odoo设计的方式使用会更灵活。学习它是如何工作的,不要试图复制你的旧系统(s)的工作方式。"
msgstr ""
"* *用 Odoo的方式操作,不是你的。* * 按Odoo设计的方式使用会更灵活。学习它是如何工作的,不要试图复制你的旧系统(s)的工作方式。"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133
msgid ""
@ -230,7 +235,9 @@ msgid ""
" 60% of their customization requests as they learn to do it the out of the "
"box Odoo way. It is more important to have all your business processes "
"working than customizing a screen to add fields or automate a few e-mails."
msgstr "* *项目第一, 定制第二。* * 如果你想定制, 将这部分安排在项目最后。一旦客户开始使用Odoo, 学会了Odoo的方式, 定制需求会下降约60%。让所有的业务流程跑起来比定制屏幕添加字段或是自动化收发邮件更重要。"
msgstr ""
"* *项目第一, 定制第二。* * 如果你想定制, 将这部分安排在项目最后。一旦客户开始使用Odoo, 学会了Odoo的方式, "
"定制需求会下降约60%。让所有的业务流程跑起来比定制屏幕添加字段或是自动化收发邮件更重要。"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141
msgid ""
@ -260,19 +267,24 @@ msgstr "这里有些额外的资源可以帮助更好地理解这个软件:"
msgid ""
"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
msgstr "用户文档 :`https: //www.odoo.com/documentation/user <https ://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>` __"
msgstr ""
"用户文档 :`https: //www.odoo.com/documentation/user <https "
"://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>` __"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158
msgid ""
"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos "
"<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__"
msgstr "介绍视频 :`https: //www.odoo.com/r/videos <https ://www.odoo.com/r/videos>` __"
msgstr ""
"介绍视频 :`https: //www.odoo.com/r/videos <https ://www.odoo.com/r/videos>` __"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161
msgid ""
"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 "
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
msgstr "客户可以参考: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 <https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
msgstr ""
"客户可以参考: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 "
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:165
msgid "Get things done"
@ -284,7 +296,9 @@ msgid ""
"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and "
"install the Notes application."
msgstr "想要一个简单的方法开始使用Odoo吗? 安装Odoo笔记来管理你的实施事项: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes <https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. 在Odoo主页, 去应用程序, 安装Notes应用程序。"
msgstr ""
"想要一个简单的方法开始使用Odoo吗? 安装Odoo笔记来管理你的实施事项: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. 在Odoo主页, 去应用程序, 安装Notes应用程序。"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175
msgid "This module allows you to:"
@ -309,7 +323,9 @@ msgid ""
"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform "
"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard "
"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad."
msgstr "这个应用程序甚至兼容Etherpad平台(http://etherpad.org)。使用便笺簿, 不要用标准Odoo Notes, 安装:Memos Pad。"
msgstr ""
"这个应用程序甚至兼容Etherpad平台(http://etherpad.org)。使用便笺簿, 不要用标准Odoo Notes, 安装:Memos "
"Pad。"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:193
msgid "What should you expect from us?"
@ -334,19 +350,25 @@ msgstr "Odoo提供顶级的云基础设施,包括: 在三个不同的数据中
msgid ""
"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
msgstr "SLA Odoo在线: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
msgstr ""
"SLA Odoo在线: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
msgid ""
"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security "
"<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__"
msgstr "ODOO 安全在线 :`https: //www.odoo.com/page/security <https ://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>` __"
msgstr ""
"ODOO 安全在线 :`https: //www.odoo.com/page/security <https "
"://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>` __"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:211
msgid ""
"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
msgstr "隐私条款: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
msgstr ""
"隐私条款: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:215
msgid "Support"
@ -359,7 +381,9 @@ msgid ""
"San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and "
"everything from: how to use or configure, bugfix requests, payments or "
"subscription issues."
msgstr "Odoo在线订阅, 包含: 一个* *免费的支持服务, 24/5,周一到周五* *。24小时内, 在旧金山,比利时和印度的团队会提供支持。问题涵盖了: 如何使用或配置, 错误修复请求,支付或订阅问题。"
msgstr ""
"Odoo在线订阅, 包含: 一个* *免费的支持服务, 24/5,周一到周五* *。24小时内, 在旧金山,比利时和印度的团队会提供支持。问题涵盖了: "
"如何使用或配置, 错误修复请求,支付或订阅问题。"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223
msgid ""
@ -383,7 +407,8 @@ msgid ""
"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade "
"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database "
"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features."
msgstr "每隔两个月,Odoo发布一个新版本。一个升级按钮, 显示为* *管理数据库 * *。 可自行决定是否需要升级数据库, 但升级可以得到新版本的功能更新。"
msgstr ""
"每隔两个月,Odoo发布一个新版本。一个升级按钮, 显示为* *管理数据库 * *。 可自行决定是否需要升级数据库, 但升级可以得到新版本的功能更新。"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:238
msgid ""
@ -391,7 +416,9 @@ msgid ""
"evaluate a new version or train your team before the roll out. Simply fill "
"our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this "
"request."
msgstr "我们可提供新版本的测试环境, 这样您可以做个评估是否需要升级, 或是给团队做个培训。如需这个服务, 请简单地填写在线支持表单<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ 。"
msgstr ""
"我们可提供新版本的测试环境, 这样您可以做个评估是否需要升级, 或是给团队做个培训。如需这个服务, "
"请简单地填写在线支持表单<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ 。"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:243
msgid "Success Pack Services"
@ -403,7 +430,9 @@ msgid ""
"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The list of services "
"according to your success pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
msgstr "成功包包含由一个项目经理和业务分析师提供的以小时计时的服务。包里面的服务清单在: `https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
msgstr ""
"成功包包含由一个项目经理和业务分析师提供的以小时计时的服务。包里面的服务清单在: `https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs"
" <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:250
msgid ""
@ -501,7 +530,8 @@ msgid ""
"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set applications that you will "
"fully use in production at the end of the phase."
msgstr "* *启动电话* *的目的是为了让项目经理了解客户的业务, 以便提出(阶段性的)实施计划。每个阶段都会部署一组应用程序, 在上线时都将被用到。"
msgstr ""
"* *启动电话* *的目的是为了让项目经理了解客户的业务, 以便提出(阶段性的)实施计划。每个阶段都会部署一组应用程序, 在上线时都将被用到。"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
@ -512,7 +542,8 @@ msgid ""
"**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
" business process and configure according to your specific needs."
msgstr "* *登机:* * Odoo项目经理将根据具体的业务, 与客户一起检查业务流程。这么做的目的是为了培训客户, 确认业务流程, 按照客户的需求进行配置。"
msgstr ""
"* *登机:* * Odoo项目经理将根据具体的业务, 与客户一起检查业务流程。这么做的目的是为了培训客户, 确认业务流程, 按照客户的需求进行配置。"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
msgid ""
@ -528,6 +559,8 @@ msgid ""
"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and "
"process your feedback."
msgstr ""
"**培训:** "
"若您Odoo实施完成，且已成功导入数据，哈~系统运行顺利啦，您将需要给您的用户们一次培训了啦。培训时会有Odoo项目经理来解答和处理您反馈的问题。"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326
msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
@ -545,7 +578,8 @@ msgid ""
"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our "
"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
msgstr "一旦所有应用程序都已部署并且用户已适应了Odoo, 项目经理不再为这个项目工作 (除非你有新的需求),如果您有进一步的问题, 可使用售后支持服务。"
msgstr ""
"一旦所有应用程序都已部署并且用户已适应了Odoo, 项目经理不再为这个项目工作 (除非你有新的需求),如果您有进一步的问题, 可使用售后支持服务。"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:339
msgid "Managing your databases"
@ -570,7 +604,9 @@ msgid ""
"for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working "
"environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** "
"page and click **Duplicate**."
msgstr "你可以创建你想要的免费试用(15天)。这些实例可以即时复制到你的工作环境。如需复制, 在Odoo.com帐户, * *我组织* *页面, 点击* *复制* *。"
msgstr ""
"你可以创建你想要的免费试用(15天)。这些实例可以即时复制到你的工作环境。如需复制, 在Odoo.com帐户, * *我组织* *页面, 点击* "
"*复制* *。"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:362
msgid ""
@ -601,7 +637,9 @@ msgid ""
"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with"
" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the "
"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..."
msgstr "一旦系统上线, 你与Odoo项目经理的互动将减少。在那个时候,我们的成功客户团队将与你联系。他们是专业的团队, 与我们的客户保持长期联系。他们将向你展示新版本,提高你的工作方式 或是 评估你的新需求,等等……"
msgstr ""
"一旦系统上线, 你与Odoo项目经理的互动将减少。在那个时候,我们的成功客户团队将与你联系。他们是专业的团队, "
"与我们的客户保持长期联系。他们将向你展示新版本,提高你的工作方式 或是 评估你的新需求,等等……"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:381
msgid ""

15
locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
View File

@ -1,18 +1,17 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Jeffery Chenn <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2016
# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2015
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-18 04:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jeffery Chenn <jeffery9@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

1072
locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

731
locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,731 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: fausthuang <faust_huang@hotmail.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: zh_CN\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5
msgid "Manufacturing"
msgstr "制造"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing Operations"
msgstr "制造作业"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3
msgid "Replenishment Strategies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:3
msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:5
msgid ""
"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but "
"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
"delivery strategies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10
msgid "Terminology"
msgstr "术语"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:13
msgid "Minimum stock rule"
msgstr "最小库存规则"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:15
msgid ""
"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the"
" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58
msgid "Make to Order"
msgstr "按单补货"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:24
msgid ""
"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of "
"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the "
"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated "
"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:30
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:27
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:62
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "配置"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:33
msgid "Minimum stock rules"
msgstr "最小库存规则"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:35
msgid ""
"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory "
"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop"
" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock "
"values for a given product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:44
msgid ""
"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity "
"multiple\" fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:47
msgid ""
"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54
msgid ""
"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be "
"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:60
msgid ""
"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any "
"other module where products are available)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:64
msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:70
msgid "Choice between the two options"
msgstr "选择两个选项其中一个"
#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:72
msgid ""
"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory "
"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum "
"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your "
"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
msgstr ""
"两种选项的选择依赖于你的库存策略。如果你想有一点库存缓冲并总是在仓库中留有最少的存货数量, "
"那么就可以使用最小库存规则。如果想只是在销售订单确认的状态下才去补充存货, 那么就建议使用按照订单补货。"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "概述"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials.rst:3
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6
msgid "Bill of Materials"
msgstr "物料清单"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:3
msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. "
"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the "
"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and "
"Manufacturing apps must be installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:12
msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:14
msgid ""
"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of "
"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing "
"step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:18
msgid ""
"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation "
"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left "
"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at "
"right shows the corresponding delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:24
msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:29
msgid ""
"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, "
"create each component product as you would any other product, then create "
"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route "
"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the"
" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot "
"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:37
msgid ""
"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
"preference. The component products require no special configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:44
msgid ""
"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit "
"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship "
"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with "
"their default values."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:53
msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:55
msgid ""
"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use"
" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a"
" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The "
"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product "
"will appear in your stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:64
msgid ""
"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select "
"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales "
"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable "
"stock management."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:72
msgid ""
"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture "
"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing"
" order rather than a packing operation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:5
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:125
msgid ""
"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:12
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:132
msgid ""
"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
"variants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:17
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:137
msgid ""
"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:3
msgid "How to manage semi-finished products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:5
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:83
msgid ""
"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-"
"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your "
"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM "
"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:12
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:90
msgid ""
"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the "
"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing"
" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each "
"subassembly is created as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:19
msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:21
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:99
msgid ""
"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each "
"subassembly as you would for any product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:29
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:107
msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:31
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:109
msgid ""
"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes "
"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no "
"effect."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:39
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:117
msgid ""
"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the "
"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "入门"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5
msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:3
msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:5
msgid ""
"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component "
"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to "
"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM "
"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, "
"describe multiple variants of the same product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:14
msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:16
msgid ""
"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing "
"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For "
"more information about which method of management to use, review the "
"**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:22
msgid ""
"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a "
"product and at least one component (components are considered products in "
"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on "
"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory "
"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have "
"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant "
"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of "
"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of "
"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:32
msgid ""
"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. "
"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for "
"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** "
"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:38
msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:40
msgid ""
"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product "
"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be "
"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more "
"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:46
msgid ""
"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, "
"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a "
"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:50
msgid ""
"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is "
"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**"
" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be "
"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at "
"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be "
"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:61
msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:63
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the "
"primary product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:66
msgid ""
"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:72
msgid ""
"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials "
"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any "
"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step "
"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:81
msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:97
msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:123
msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:3
msgid "How to process a manufacturing order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:6
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "介绍"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:8
msgid ""
"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way "
"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing "
"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise "
"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing "
"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, "
"performed in an order defined by **routings**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:17
msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:19
msgid ""
"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the "
"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in "
"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by "
"work orders and routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:24
msgid ""
"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There "
"are two basic phases from planning to production:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:27
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:52
msgid "Create manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:29
msgid "Record Production"
msgstr "记录生产"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:32
msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:34
msgid ""
"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage"
" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and "
"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create "
"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:41
msgid ""
"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is "
"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity "
"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:45
msgid ""
"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When "
"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component "
"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added"
" step of scheduling work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:50
msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:54
msgid "Schedule the associated work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:56
msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
msgid "Main Concepts"
msgstr "主要概念"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3
msgid "Introduction to Odoo Manufacturing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11
msgid "Transcript"
msgstr "副本"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13
msgid "Work in progress."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing Terminologies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9
msgid ""
"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the materials, the "
"quantity of each material, and the steps required to manufacture a product. "
"Depending on the industry and the nature of the finished product, a "
"different name may be used to describe the same document. For example, in "
"the pharmaceutical industry, the term “recipe” may be used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14
msgid "Cycle"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17
msgid ""
"A production cycle is a frame of time during which an entire manufacturing "
"process can be fulfilled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19
msgid "Downtime or Leave"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22
msgid ""
"Time during which a resource is unavailable. If the resource is a machine, "
"the unavailability is downtime, while if the resource is human, unavailable "
"time is called a Leave."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25
msgid "Finished products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28
msgid ""
"Finished products are the final output of a manufacturing process. They are "
"normally not intended to be used as input into another manufacturing order "
"of the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31
msgid "Kit"
msgstr "套件"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34
msgid ""
"A kit is a set of components that are described by a bill of materials, but "
"which are delivered separately rather than assembled or mixed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36
msgid "Multi-level Bill of Materials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39
msgid ""
"A bill of material can quickly grow very complex. To keep it manageable, it "
"can be broken down into several smaller manufactured parts, each having its "
"own BOM. These parts are typically referred to as sub-assembly of "
"intermediate products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:44
msgid ""
"Defining a BOM in multiple levels reduces the complexity of the top-level "
"document and allows components to be reused in other BoMs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46
msgid "Phantom Bill of Material"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49
msgid ""
"A phantom bill of material is always used in the context of multi-level "
"BOMs. It allows to add a sub-assembly as part of a bigger end-product while "
"avoiding to trigger a separate manufacturing order for the sub-assembly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
msgid ""
"As such, when a manufacturing order for the final product is launched, the "
"components of the sub-assembly are reflected in the parent BOM as if they "
"were direct components of the parent BOM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58
msgid ""
"Phantom BOM are thus used for grouping a set of components with the aim of "
"reusing them in many other BOM without the need to launch separate "
"manufacturing orders for the sub-assemblies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61
msgid "Raw Materials"
msgstr "原材料"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:64
msgid ""
"Raw materials and components constitute the input that are transformed to "
"produce semi-finished or finished goods."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:67
msgid ""
"The transformation here can take many aspects according to the industry. It "
"can be simple assembly, welding, mixing, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69
msgid "Routing"
msgstr "工艺"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:72
msgid ""
"A routing is a document that describes a series of Work Orders and the Work "
"Centers at which they will be carried out"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74
msgid "Semi-finished products and sub-assemblies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77
msgid ""
"These are products which are manufactured with the purpose to be consumed in"
" another manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:79
msgid "Work Order Operations"
msgstr "工单操作中心"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:82
msgid ""
"Work Order Operations specify the set of activities necessary to fully "
"process a manufacturing order. Each activity or operation takes some time to"
" be completed and is performed into a determined production unit (also "
"called work center)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86
msgid "Work Order"
msgstr "工单"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:89
msgid ""
"A work order is a single manufacturing operation that is scheduled for "
"execution on a given date and a given duration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91
msgid "Work Center"
msgstr "工作中心"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:94
msgid ""
"Work centers identify production units and their resources. They are used to"
" represent the plant capacity as well as costing information. The capacity "
"is a combination of resources and their availability time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:97
msgid "Resources"
msgstr "资源"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:100
msgid ""
"In manufacturing a resource can be a human being (employee) or machine "
"available in a work center."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102
msgid "Working Time"
msgstr "工作时间"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:105
msgid ""
"Each resource has its normal working time. For instance, machines can be set"
" up to operate 7 days a week 20 hours out of 24."
msgstr ""

714
locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

236
locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
View File

@ -1,26 +1,17 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# fausthuang, 2016
# fausthuang, 2016
# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2015-2016
# Jeffery Chen Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2016
# Jeffery Chen Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2016
# Kate Lee <kateleelpk@gmail.com>, 2016
# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2016
# Melody <alangwansui@gmail.com>, 2015
# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2015-2016
# zyx <zheng.yaxi@elico-corp.com>, 2016
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-11-22 12:23+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-23 15:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Melody <alangwansui@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
@ -55,7 +46,9 @@ msgid ""
"which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email."
" This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be"
" closed more quickly."
msgstr "例如, 作为一家提供软件服务的IT公司, 你可以跟客户邮件处理技术问题。Odoo提供了这项功能, 她可以在收到客户需要支持的邮件后, 自动匹配到相应的项目上并生成任务。这样的话, 问题就会分派给对应的人员来尽快解决。"
msgstr ""
"例如, 作为一家提供软件服务的IT公司, 你可以跟客户邮件处理技术问题。Odoo提供了这项功能, 她可以在收到客户需要支持的邮件后, "
"自动匹配到相应的项目上并生成任务。这样的话, 问题就会分派给对应的人员来尽快解决。"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
@ -86,7 +79,10 @@ msgid ""
"**Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the"
" Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client "
"will be able to follow his claim in his portal)."
msgstr "第一步是为了配置问题管理系统, 需要建立一个项目来与这些投诉相关联。我们可以简单地从创建一个 **支持项目** 开始。进入项目菜单仪表盘, 创建并命名为 **支持** 。勾选 **问题** 选项框, 如果你想给给这些问题标上客户, 也可以在这里重命名 （例如 **Bugs** 或者 **例子** ）。因为问题是面向客户的任务, 你可能需要设置 **隐私/可见** （这样你的客户就能够在他界面跟踪他的投诉了）。"
msgstr ""
"第一步是为了配置问题管理系统, 需要建立一个项目来与这些投诉相关联。我们可以简单地从创建一个 **支持项目** 开始。进入项目菜单仪表盘, 创建并命名为"
" **支持** 。勾选 **问题** 选项框, 如果你想给给这些问题标上客户, 也可以在这里重命名 （例如 **Bugs** 或者 **例子** "
"）。因为问题是面向客户的任务, 你可能需要设置 **隐私/可见** （这样你的客户就能够在他界面跟踪他的投诉了）。"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43
msgid ""
@ -105,7 +101,9 @@ msgid ""
"buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click"
" on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add "
"others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)."
msgstr "问题一旦被创建, 你就可以决定通知到你的员工。在“聊天室\" （屏幕下方）, 你可以看到两个按钮“加入 \"（绿色）“不加入\" （白色）。点击第一个就可以收到私人通知, 第二个可以添加其他员工作为项目的跟进者 (看以下截图). "
msgstr ""
"问题一旦被创建, 你就可以决定通知到你的员工。在“聊天室\" （屏幕下方）, 你可以看到两个按钮“加入 \"（绿色）“不加入\" "
"（白色）。点击第一个就可以收到私人通知, 第二个可以添加其他员工作为项目的跟进者 (看以下截图). "
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63
msgid "Set up your workflow"
@ -120,7 +118,9 @@ msgid ""
"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also "
"edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on "
"your desired stage."
msgstr "你可以根据你的工作流来个性化你的项目状态, 通过创建新栏目。在\" 看板“里面, 你可以添加新的项目状态。如果你想更改状态的顺序, 你只需要通过拖拉的动作即可。同时你也可以修改, 隐藏你想要隐藏的状态。 "
msgstr ""
"你可以根据你的工作流来个性化你的项目状态, 通过创建新栏目。在\" 看板“里面, 你可以添加新的项目状态。如果你想更改状态的顺序, "
"你只需要通过拖拉的动作即可。同时你也可以修改, 隐藏你想要隐藏的状态。 "
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77
msgid "Generate issues from emails"
@ -139,7 +139,8 @@ msgid ""
":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias "
"domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you "
"will now see the email address under the name of your project."
msgstr "如果你没法在这个项目上看到相对应的地址, 你可以去“设置\" 里面设置域名, 然后回到“项目 \"界面, 这时你就可以看到以你项目名字为前缀的邮箱地址。"
msgstr ""
"如果你没法在这个项目上看到相对应的地址, 你可以去“设置\" 里面设置域名, 然后回到“项目 \"界面, 这时你就可以看到以你项目名字为前缀的邮箱地址。"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92
msgid ""
@ -157,15 +158,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup` "
msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`"
msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration` "
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:98
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:113
msgid ":doc:`external`"
msgstr ":doc:`external` "
#: ../../project/advanced/external.rst:3
msgid "How to collaborate with external people?"
msgstr "如何与外部人员协作？"
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3
msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?"
msgstr "如何从客户处收集回馈？"
@ -243,7 +235,7 @@ msgstr "进入“项目\" 模块, 在项目设置里面勾选“客户满意 \"
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59
msgid "Email Template"
msgstr "Email 模板"
msgstr "Email模板"
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61
msgid ""
@ -300,18 +292,6 @@ msgstr "然后, 你就能够可以在网站上公布你的结果了, 你可以
msgid ":doc:`claim_issue`"
msgstr ":doc:`claim_issue` "
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:112
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
msgstr ":doc:`invoicing` "
#: ../../project/advanced/invoicing.rst:3
msgid "How to invoice time spent?"
msgstr "如何给花费的时间开票？"
#: ../../project/advanced/publication.rst:3
msgid "How to publish the project externally?"
msgstr "如何对外发布项目？"
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3
msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?"
msgstr "如何为销售订单创建相关任务？"
@ -331,7 +311,9 @@ msgid ""
" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a "
"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales "
"and Services departments."
msgstr "在项目管理中, 任务需要在一个规定的时间内完成。对于一个服务型公司, 任务就会被定义为卖给客户, 并交付到客户。这就是为什么要从销售销售订单中生成任务来组织销售和服务部门。"
msgstr ""
"在项目管理中, 任务需要在一个规定的时间内完成。对于一个服务型公司, 任务就会被定义为卖给客户, "
"并交付到客户。这就是为什么要从销售销售订单中生成任务来组织销售和服务部门。"
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16
msgid ""
@ -341,7 +323,9 @@ msgid ""
"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant "
"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the"
" overtime spent on the project."
msgstr "作为例子, 你可以卖25000美元50个小时的服务。固定价格并已支付。但是你需要追踪你的之前为客户做过的服务。在销售订单上, 可以直接生成任务, 并且顾问可以直接输入工单, 如有需要也可以再向客户收取超时服务费。"
msgstr ""
"作为例子, 你可以卖25000美元50个小时的服务。固定价格并已支付。但是你需要追踪你的之前为客户做过的服务。在销售订单上, 可以直接生成任务, "
"并且顾问可以直接输入工单, 如有需要也可以再向客户收取超时服务费。"
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27
msgid "Install the required applications"
@ -407,7 +391,8 @@ msgid ""
"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the "
"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo "
"will then create a project per SO."
msgstr "把你的任务与已存在的项目相关联或者建一个新的, 如果这个产品是只针对这一个项目。否则, 你就空着, Odoo会根据销售订单创建一个新的项目。"
msgstr ""
"把你的任务与已存在的项目相关联或者建一个新的, 如果这个产品是只针对这一个项目。否则, 你就空着, Odoo会根据销售订单创建一个新的项目。"
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81
msgid "Create the Sales Order"
@ -471,7 +456,7 @@ msgstr "演示视频"
#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11
#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11
msgid "Transcript"
msgstr "台本"
msgstr "副本"
#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13
msgid ""
@ -484,21 +469,27 @@ msgid ""
"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at "
"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It"
" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account."
msgstr "先不考虑设备的问题, Timesheet的记录只需一个简单的点击 。可以看一下谷歌浏览器插件, 不需要登陆, 只需要点击一下便可开启 。运行平顺, 并且能离线工作并且能和Odoo账号自动同步。"
msgstr ""
"先不考虑设备的问题, Timesheet的记录只需一个简单的点击 。可以看一下谷歌浏览器插件, 不需要登陆, 只需要点击一下便可开启 。运行平顺, "
"并且能离线工作并且能和Odoo账号自动同步。"
#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21
msgid ""
"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go"
" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets"
" per user, drill-down per project, and much more."
msgstr "另外通过移动端或者谷歌浏览器插件我就可以得到我自己的工时的统计分析 。在我的Odoo账号中我们可以进一步进行分析 。我能收到报表以及每个用户的记工单, 用这些深入分析项目以及更多"
msgstr ""
"另外通过移动端或者谷歌浏览器插件我就可以得到我自己的工时的统计分析 。在我的Odoo账号中我们可以进一步进行分析 。我能收到报表以及每个用户的记工单, "
"用这些深入分析项目以及更多"
#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25
msgid ""
"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer "
"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-"
"saving!"
msgstr "神奇的记工单和ODoo的开票系统进行了集成。客户的账单自动生成\n同时也能可Odoo的项目管理进行集成 。如此的省时！"
msgstr ""
"神奇的记工单和ODoo的开票系统进行了集成。客户的账单自动生成\n"
"同时也能可Odoo的项目管理进行集成 。如此的省时！"
#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28
msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity."
@ -514,7 +505,7 @@ msgstr "如何管理任务以及任务协作？"
#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6
msgid "Responsibilities"
msgstr "责任人"
msgstr "责任"
#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8
msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task."
@ -547,7 +538,10 @@ msgid ""
"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to "
"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the "
"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter."
msgstr "在一个任务中, 你可以添加其他用户作为 **关注者** 。添加一个关注者意味着当任务有任何变更时这个人会被通知到。目的是允许来自谈话的外部贡献。当你需要从其他部门同事的意见时这是非常宝贵的。你也可以邀请客户参与部分任务, 他们会被邮件通知, 并通过回复邮件来参与任务。关注者可以像你一样看到整个任务的描述和交谈。"
msgstr ""
"在一个任务中, 你可以添加其他用户作为 **关注者** "
"。添加一个关注者意味着当任务有任何变更时这个人会被通知到。目的是允许来自谈话的外部贡献。当你需要从其他部门同事的意见时这是非常宝贵的。你也可以邀请客户参与部分任务,"
" 他们会被邮件通知, 并通过回复邮件来参与任务。关注者可以像你一样看到整个任务的描述和交谈。"
#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32
msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe"
@ -560,7 +554,9 @@ msgid ""
"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information "
"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to "
"see the big picture all the time."
msgstr "你可以决定关注一个项目。在这个情形下, 你会被通知各种项目的变更 :比如任务从一个阶段到另一个, 交流的内容, 等等。你会在inbox里收到所有的信息。这个功能对于想要随时看到全局的项目经理是很不错的。"
msgstr ""
"你可以决定关注一个项目。在这个情形下, 你会被通知各种项目的变更 :比如任务从一个阶段到另一个, 交流的内容, "
"等等。你会在inbox里收到所有的信息。这个功能对于想要随时看到全局的项目经理是很不错的。"
#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41
msgid "Task: follow a specific task"
@ -638,7 +634,8 @@ msgid ""
"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the "
"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for "
"it, or not."
msgstr "在Odoo工时单。点击创建, 一个带有今天的日期和时间的行会出现。项目名称被自动选择为分析帐号。没有任务设置, 您可以选择是否添加一个特定的任务。"
msgstr ""
"在Odoo工时单。点击创建, 一个带有今天的日期和时间的行会出现。项目名称被自动选择为分析帐号。没有任务设置, 您可以选择是否添加一个特定的任务。"
#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99
msgid ""
@ -701,7 +698,8 @@ msgid ""
"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an "
"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the "
"task."
msgstr "2. 通过互动，你可以添加图片/文档到任务中，也可以记录一个说明/发送消息并附上文件，如果有人在邮件中发送了附件，该附件将自动保存在任务中。"
msgstr ""
"2. 通过互动，你可以添加图片/文档到任务中，也可以记录一个说明/发送消息并附上文件，如果有人在邮件中发送了附件，该附件将自动保存在任务中。"
#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145
msgid ""
@ -735,7 +733,8 @@ msgid ""
"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is "
"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of "
"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers."
msgstr "您可以把你的項目链接到一個电子邮箱。当邮件被发送到该地址，它会自动在该项目立即創建任务，並把所有收件人(收件人/副本/密件副本)添加为追随者。"
msgstr ""
"您可以把你的項目链接到一個电子邮箱。当邮件被发送到该地址，它会自动在该项目立即創建任务，並把所有收件人(收件人/副本/密件副本)添加为追随者。"
#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168
msgid ""
@ -786,7 +785,8 @@ msgid ""
"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All "
"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader "
"to remember past interactions."
msgstr "在互动中，你可以看到任务何时创建，何时阶段变更等，任何对任务的变更，系统将自动记录到互动中，也包含你和客户，同事之间的互动记录，使得任务所有者很容易了解到过去的互动交流记录。"
msgstr ""
"在互动中，你可以看到任务何时创建，何时阶段变更等，任何对任务的变更，系统将自动记录到互动中，也包含你和客户，同事之间的互动记录，使得任务所有者很容易了解到过去的互动交流记录。"
#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203
msgid ""
@ -795,7 +795,8 @@ msgid ""
"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that"
" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For "
"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry."
msgstr "你可以联系跟进者，不管是内部(同事)或者外部(客户)通过录入说明或重要信息，也可以针对该任务发送邮件给所有的跟进者，你可以选择增加消息通知所有跟进者，对于两种方式，日期和时间都会保存。"
msgstr ""
"你可以联系跟进者，不管是内部(同事)或者外部(客户)通过录入说明或重要信息，也可以针对该任务发送邮件给所有的跟进者，你可以选择增加消息通知所有跟进者，对于两种方式，日期和时间都会保存。"
#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214
msgid "The description of the task, the Pad"
@ -808,7 +809,8 @@ msgid ""
"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the "
"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole "
"creation of the content."
msgstr "ＯＤＯＯ允许通过(http://etherpad.org)替换任务描述字段，也就是说你可以和其他用户实时的使用同一个任务，每个用户有自己的颜色，你可以对整个任务进行回复"
msgstr ""
"ＯＤＯＯ允许通过(http://etherpad.org)替换任务描述字段，也就是说你可以和其他用户实时的使用同一个任务，每个用户有自己的颜色，你可以对整个任务进行回复"
#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222
msgid ""
@ -823,7 +825,9 @@ msgid ""
"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: "
"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a "
"follower."
msgstr "如果你只需要平板而不是整个任务页，可以点击右上方图标直接进入，点击图标 ``</>`` 获取该任务描述的ＵＲＬ，在没有添加对方为跟进者并且想发送消息给对方时，需要用到这个。"
msgstr ""
"如果你只需要平板而不是整个任务页，可以点击右上方图标直接进入，点击图标 ``</>`` "
"获取该任务描述的ＵＲＬ，在没有添加对方为跟进者并且想发送消息给对方时，需要用到这个。"
#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239
msgid "Tasks states"
@ -906,6 +910,7 @@ msgid ""
" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several "
"employees working on this project."
msgstr ""
"它与包含可定制阶段的任务的项目一起工作。项目可以是内部的或客户导向的。任务是项目执行的一部分。你可以给这个项目工作的几个员工提供不同的任务。"
#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17
msgid "Installing the Project module"
@ -1009,7 +1014,8 @@ msgid ""
" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column "
"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your "
"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage."
msgstr "通过添加新的列，你可以很容易个性化视图以满足你的业务需要，在项目的看板视图中，通过点击*添加新列**增加阶段，通过拖拉列到指定位置，可以重新定义阶段的顺序，你也可以通过**设置**图标合并或者不合并阶段"
msgstr ""
"通过添加新的列，你可以很容易个性化视图以满足你的业务需要，在项目的看板视图中，通过点击*添加新列**增加阶段，通过拖拉列到指定位置，可以重新定义阶段的顺序，你也可以通过**设置**图标合并或者不合并阶段"
#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100
msgid ":doc:`visualization`"
@ -1039,7 +1045,9 @@ msgid ""
"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section "
"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**."
msgstr "为了记录项目所花时间，必须首先激活工时表，在**项目* 应用中，打开:菜单选择:`配置 --> 设置`. 在**工时单** 选择页面, 点击 **激活工时单**."
msgstr ""
"为了记录项目所花时间，必须首先激活工时表，在**项目* 应用中，打开:菜单选择:`配置 --> 设置`. 在**工时单** 选择页面, 点击 "
"**激活工时单**."
#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23
msgid ""
@ -1105,7 +1113,8 @@ msgid ""
"enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a real "
"burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the "
"different tasks you have to cope with."
msgstr "任务作为指派，组织中的人员需要在项目中填写，在日常业务中，你公司可能有重要的，复杂的任务要履行，需要及时提醒并全面跟进以满足预算，幸运的是，ＯＤＯＯ允许有效的可视化并组织不同的任务"
msgstr ""
"任务作为指派，组织中的人员需要在项目中填写，在日常业务中，你公司可能有重要的，复杂的任务要履行，需要及时提醒并全面跟进以满足预算，幸运的是，ＯＤＯＯ允许有效的可视化并组织不同的任务"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17
msgid ""
@ -1172,7 +1181,8 @@ msgid ""
"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom "
"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not "
"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines."
msgstr "在每一列，可以通过优先级排列任务，高优先级的任务将自动显示在顶部，在看板视图中，点击任务的左下方标记为**高优先级**.对于没有标记的任务，ＯＤＯＯ将根据任务期限自动排列优先级"
msgstr ""
"在每一列，可以通过优先级排列任务，高优先级的任务将自动显示在顶部，在看板视图中，点击任务的左下方标记为**高优先级**.对于没有标记的任务，ＯＤＯＯ将根据任务期限自动排列优先级"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72
msgid ""
@ -1224,7 +1234,9 @@ msgid ""
"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of "
"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other "
"project manager too."
msgstr "在odoo的项目管理模块下, 项目组团队成员可以便捷的计划和执行在加拿大发布一个新的产品线。我通过创建不同的项目阶段组织管理项目。该模块还能让我们无论何时都可以给任何用户任务定义清晰的状态。其余的项目经理也是如此"
msgstr ""
"在odoo的项目管理模块下, "
"项目组团队成员可以便捷的计划和执行在加拿大发布一个新的产品线。我通过创建不同的项目阶段组织管理项目。该模块还能让我们无论何时都可以给任何用户任务定义清晰的状态。其余的项目经理也是如此"
#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24
msgid ""
@ -1232,7 +1244,9 @@ msgid ""
" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project "
"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo "
"projects is designed to work for any kind of business."
msgstr "如此好用的项目阶段可以根据我们的需要定制, 现在我添加一个新的阶段, 只需要简单的编辑和点几下鼠标。在我们的项目管理过程中, 我来做最后的检查, 所以我可以天剑该阶段。Odoo项目可以用来管理所有的项目。"
msgstr ""
"如此好用的项目阶段可以根据我们的需要定制, 现在我添加一个新的阶段, 只需要简单的编辑和点几下鼠标。在我们的项目管理过程中, 我来做最后的检查, "
"所以我可以天剑该阶段。Odoo项目可以用来管理所有的项目。"
#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30
msgid ""
@ -1253,7 +1267,12 @@ msgid ""
"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to"
" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on"
" the progress of each task."
msgstr "我们也可以通过调整视图管理监控项目, 现在我选择了列表视图, 在列表视图下, 我可以看到其余的信息例如, 工作时间进度。如果我点一下我的任务, 进入 任务的表单视图, 在这里我可以编辑计划的时间并输入我的记工单。控制项目的时间进度并监控每个项目组成员花费的时间对于项目经理来说是一个很有用的工具。我在销售团队的培训上设置了24小时.今天, 我已经准备了相关的培训材料, 所以我会在记工单中记录4小时, 随后我们看到工作时间进度会自动更新。 多亏了记工单和集成功能, 项目经理可以深入的追踪每个任务的进度"
msgstr ""
"我们也可以通过调整视图管理监控项目, 现在我选择了列表视图, 在列表视图下, 我可以看到其余的信息例如, 工作时间进度。如果我点一下我的任务, 进入 "
"任务的表单视图, "
"在这里我可以编辑计划的时间并输入我的记工单。控制项目的时间进度并监控每个项目组成员花费的时间对于项目经理来说是一个很有用的工具。我在销售团队的培训上设置了24小时.今天,"
" 我已经准备了相关的培训材料, 所以我会在记工单中记录4小时, 随后我们看到工作时间进度会自动更新。 多亏了记工单和集成功能, "
"项目经理可以深入的追踪每个任务的进度"
#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49
msgid ""
@ -1266,7 +1285,10 @@ msgid ""
"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the "
"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive "
"planning."
msgstr "Odoo项目中另外一个伟大的功能是预测工具。 当激活后, 我就可以计划项目资源以及工作量。因此，对其他项目的时间分配也就更加容易了。对于此项目, 我需要培训销售团队的成品。它将会需要我本周50%的时间。作为项目经理, 我可以对每个用户进行资源分配，并且根据其它的项目做出调。这样可以防止任何形式的时间重叠。我可以重新分配任务，或者调整截止日期。Odoo项目是战略规划和执行规划的完美应用。"
msgstr ""
"Odoo项目中另外一个伟大的功能是预测工具。 当激活后, 我就可以计划项目资源以及工作量。因此，对其他项目的时间分配也就更加容易了。对于此项目, "
"我需要培训销售团队的成品。它将会需要我本周50%的时间。作为项目经理, "
"我可以对每个用户进行资源分配，并且根据其它的项目做出调。这样可以防止任何形式的时间重叠。我可以重新分配任务，或者调整截止日期。Odoo项目是战略规划和执行规划的完美应用。"
#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61
msgid ""
@ -1275,7 +1297,9 @@ msgid ""
"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any "
"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to"
" each team member."
msgstr "另外项目的所有方面都能通过报表功能进行分析。例如, 我们可以得到对比计划时间和实际花费的时间的报表。我们可以访问任何一个项目, 任务, 或者任何一个项目成员的盈利能力。我们还可以得到费配到每一个项目成员的时间等等。"
msgstr ""
"另外项目的所有方面都能通过报表功能进行分析。例如, 我们可以得到对比计划时间和实际花费的时间的报表。我们可以访问任何一个项目, 任务, "
"或者任何一个项目成员的盈利能力。我们还可以得到费配到每一个项目成员的时间等等。"
#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68
msgid ""
@ -1285,7 +1309,10 @@ msgid ""
"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is "
"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my"
" team."
msgstr "ODoo项目管理的另一个有用因素是沟通交流功能, 沟通交流是所有项目的成败的关键因素。在项目的任务中所有股东直接的分享相关的项目文档非常有用。在Odoo项目管理中, 我们可以在Chatter功能区讨论, 而所需的操作仅仅是点几下鼠标而已。当然我们也可以跟项目组中的任何成员开启一个新的会话。"
msgstr ""
"ODoo项目管理的另一个有用因素是沟通交流功能, "
"沟通交流是所有项目的成败的关键因素。在项目的任务中所有股东直接的分享相关的项目文档非常有用。在Odoo项目管理中, 我们可以在Chatter功能区讨论,"
" 而所需的操作仅仅是点几下鼠标而已。当然我们也可以跟项目组中的任何成员开启一个新的会话。"
#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76
msgid ""
@ -1294,14 +1321,17 @@ msgid ""
"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. "
"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or "
"issues."
msgstr "Odoo项目管理还可以和客服和售后APP集成 配置了该功能, 我们可以跟进客户的所有反馈的问题, 甚至可以从该问题能创建一个新的支持项目该应用还会自动创建根据在任务或者问题上花费的时间的发票。"
msgstr ""
"Odoo项目管理还可以和客服和售后APP集成 配置了该功能, 我们可以跟进客户的所有反馈的问题, "
"甚至可以从该问题能创建一个新的支持项目该应用还会自动创建根据在任务或者问题上花费的时间的发票。"
#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83
msgid ""
"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the "
"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this "
"app, it will help you get started quickly too."
msgstr "ODoo项目管理是一个非常强大且易用的应用。首先我们用它设置我们的目标, 然后对项目进行设置, 一旦这些准备好, 你的项目就可以快速的开始。"
msgstr ""
"ODoo项目管理是一个非常强大且易用的应用。首先我们用它设置我们的目标, 然后对项目进行设置, 一旦这些准备好, 你的项目就可以快速的开始。"
#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88
msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!"
@ -1311,10 +1341,6 @@ msgstr "现在免费试用ODoo项目管理模块并用ODOO项目管理更好的
msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love"
msgstr "现在就"
#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/terminology.rst:3
msgid "Terminology"
msgstr "术语"
#: ../../project/planning.rst:3
msgid "Planning your project"
msgstr "给项目做计划"
@ -1344,7 +1370,9 @@ msgid ""
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, "
"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on "
"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes."
msgstr "如果你需要管理时间评估，需要在任务中激活工时表，从 **项目** ，进入:菜单选择`配置 --> 设置` 在下拉列表菜单中. **工时估算**, 选择 **在任务中管理工时估算** 选项. 不要忘记保存你的设置."
msgstr ""
"如果你需要管理时间评估，需要在任务中激活工时表，从 **项目** ，进入:菜单选择`配置 --> 设置` 在下拉列表菜单中. **工时估算**, 选择"
" **在任务中管理工时估算** 选项. 不要忘记保存你的设置."
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28
msgid ""
@ -1363,7 +1391,8 @@ msgid ""
" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up "
"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) "
"and the calendar view."
msgstr "ＯＤＯＯ允许多视图，你可以对多个任务同时进行预览，三个主要的视图将帮助你计划并跟进员工的任务: 看板视图，列表视图 (使用工时表) 和日历视图"
msgstr ""
"ＯＤＯＯ允许多视图，你可以对多个任务同时进行预览，三个主要的视图将帮助你计划并跟进员工的任务: 看板视图，列表视图 (使用工时表) 和日历视图"
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43
msgid ""
@ -1391,7 +1420,9 @@ msgid ""
"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also "
"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired "
"stage."
msgstr "通过新增列，可以很容易的自定义项目以满足业务需要，在看板视图，通过**增加新列** (看以下图片)增肌阶段.　如需重新排定阶段，你可以简单的拖拉列到指定位置，你也可以合并阶段通过使用**设置** 图标."
msgstr ""
"通过新增列，可以很容易的自定义项目以满足业务需要，在看板视图，通过**增加新列** (看以下图片)增肌阶段.　"
"如需重新排定阶段，你可以简单的拖拉列到指定位置，你也可以合并阶段通过使用**设置** 图标."
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75
msgid ""
@ -1407,7 +1438,9 @@ msgid ""
"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom "
"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not "
"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines."
msgstr "在每列中, 你可以根据任务的优先级进行排序。高优先级的任务会自动的被移动到列的上方。在看板视图中, 点击任务卡右下方的星标记该任务为 **高优先级** 。对于没有标记的任务, Odoo会自动的根据他们的最后期限进行划分。"
msgstr ""
"在每列中, 你可以根据任务的优先级进行排序。高优先级的任务会自动的被移动到列的上方。在看板视图中, 点击任务卡右下方的星标记该任务为 **高优先级** "
"。对于没有标记的任务, Odoo会自动的根据他们的最后期限进行划分。"
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89
msgid ""
@ -1429,7 +1462,8 @@ msgid ""
"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu "
"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated"
" each time the employee will add an activity."
msgstr "如果激活**管理任务中的工时估算**, 你的员工将可以在任务中的 **工时单** 中录入考勤. 雇员录入后**工作时间进度** 条将自动更新."
msgstr ""
"如果激活**管理任务中的工时估算**, 你的员工将可以在任务中的 **工时单** 中录入考勤. 雇员录入后**工作时间进度** 条将自动更新."
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110
msgid ""
@ -1437,7 +1471,8 @@ msgid ""
"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your "
"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will "
"show you the progression of each task."
msgstr "作为经理, 在列表视图下你可以查看所有员工花费在任务上的时间。要这样做, 进入所选的项目中并点击列表视图图标(见下图)。最后一列可以看到每个任务的进展。"
msgstr ""
"作为经理, 在列表视图下你可以查看所有员工花费在任务上的时间。要这样做, 进入所选的项目中并点击列表视图图标(见下图)。最后一列可以看到每个任务的进展。"
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121
msgid ""
@ -1497,7 +1532,8 @@ msgid ""
" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each"
" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your "
"employee should complete it!"
msgstr "**预测** 选择帮助你组织项目. 如果你需要为你的项目设置具体期限者将很有帮助. 因此, 雇员需要在每个任务指定具体的时间框架(工时总数)内完成任务!"
msgstr ""
"**预测** 选择帮助你组织项目. 如果你需要为你的项目设置具体期限者将很有帮助. 因此, 雇员需要在每个任务指定具体的时间框架(工时总数)内完成任务!"
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32
msgid ""
@ -1627,7 +1663,9 @@ msgid ""
"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated "
"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is "
"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time."
msgstr "第一层级顶部的长方形是收集于第三层级的所有任务的汇总，如果是绿色显示，说明分配给该员工的总工时还没到100%. 如果红色显示，说明能够分配给该员工的总工时达到或者超过100%"
msgstr ""
"第一层级顶部的长方形是收集于第三层级的所有任务的汇总，如果是绿色显示，说明分配给该员工的总工时还没到100%. "
"如果红色显示，说明能够分配给该员工的总工时达到或者超过100%"
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126
msgid "Plan the workload"
@ -1639,7 +1677,9 @@ msgid ""
"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those "
"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%"
" how your users should organize their time between different tasks."
msgstr "创建预测时，你必须选择该员工需要花费的工时，如果是100%，意味着该员工在这段时间不能参与其他任务，所以你可以决定不同任务直接员工需要花费时间的百分比1% 到 100%"
msgstr ""
"创建预测时，你必须选择该员工需要花费的工时，如果是100%，意味着该员工在这段时间不能参与其他任务，所以你可以决定不同任务直接员工需要花费时间的百分比1%"
" 到 100%"
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134
msgid ""
@ -1656,7 +1696,9 @@ msgid ""
"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. "
"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure "
"that this is feasible."
msgstr "在以下例子中, 用户\"管理员\" 在2个项目中工作 (\"IT1367 交付阶段\" and \"实施进度56\"). 该员工在两个任务中分配的时间是110%，这个太多了，项目精力需要更改. 否则, 项目管理会更改时间和日期以确保分配是合理的"
msgstr ""
"在以下例子中, 用户\"管理员\" 在2个项目中工作 (\"IT1367 交付阶段\" and \"实施进度56\"). "
"该员工在两个任务中分配的时间是110%，这个太多了，项目精力需要更改. 否则, 项目管理会更改时间和日期以确保分配是合理的"
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191
@ -1670,7 +1712,8 @@ msgid ""
"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different "
"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This "
"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks."
msgstr "按照用户的甘特视图能很好的帮助你计划人力资源，避免任务和用户分配的冲突.甘特表是高度可视化并帮助你一次性的理解所有不同的元素，你将迅速理解接下来做什么，该方法帮助你更好的理解任务之间的关系"
msgstr ""
"按照用户的甘特视图能很好的帮助你计划人力资源，避免任务和用户分配的冲突.甘特表是高度可视化并帮助你一次性的理解所有不同的元素，你将迅速理解接下来做什么，该方法帮助你更好的理解任务之间的关系"
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193
@ -1709,7 +1752,8 @@ msgid ""
"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting "
"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and "
"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently."
msgstr "对于更好的理解任务之间的联系，甘特图是很好的视图，可以避免任务重叠，或者在前期任务未完成时过早开始新的任务，ＯＤＯＯ甘特图将清晰的帮助你协调不同的任务"
msgstr ""
"对于更好的理解任务之间的联系，甘特图是很好的视图，可以避免任务重叠，或者在前期任务未完成时过早开始新的任务，ＯＤＯＯ甘特图将清晰的帮助你协调不同的任务"
#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177
msgid ""
@ -1729,19 +1773,3 @@ msgid ""
"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By "
"Users** section)"
msgstr "该视图不显示你的ＨＲ时间，颜色不能应用(查看**按用户** 章节)"
#: ../../project/reporting.rst:3
msgid "Reporting & Analysis"
msgstr "报告和分析"
#: ../../project/reporting/close_issue.rst:3
msgid "How to track velocity to close issues?"
msgstr "如何快速追踪关闭问题？"
#: ../../project/reporting/efficiency.rst:3
msgid "How to report project efficiency?"
msgstr "如何有效的报告项目？"
#: ../../project/reporting/workload.rst:3
msgid "How to analyze workload?"
msgstr "如何分析工作量？"

649
locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

18
locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po
View File

@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Melody <alangwansui@gmail.com>, 2015
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-03 11:43+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-24 16:34+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: 珠海-老天 <liangjia@qq.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: xiaobin wu <bd5dml@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../recruitment.rst:5
msgid "Recruitment"
msgstr "集资"
msgstr "招聘"

1038
locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

856
locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff